Note : Les descriptions sont présentées dans la langue officielle dans laquelle elles ont été soumises.
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
IRAK INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001]
The present application claims priority to United States provisional patent
application
serial number 61/751,000, filed January 10, 2013, the entirety of which is
incorporated herein by
reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002]
The present invention relates to compounds and methods useful for inhibiting
one or
more interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinases ("IRAK").
The invention also provides
pharmaceutically acceptable compositions comprising compounds of the present
invention and
methods of using said compositions in the treatment of various disorders.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003]
The search for new therapeutic agents has been greatly aided in recent years
by a
better understanding of the structure of enzymes and other biomolecules
associated with
diseases. One important class of enzymes that has been the subject of
extensive study is the
protein kinase family.
[0004]
Protein kinases constitute a large family of structurally related enzymes that
are
responsible for the control of a variety of signal transduction processes
within the cell. Protein
kinases are thought to have evolved from a common ancestral gene due to the
conservation of
their structure and catalytic function. Almost all kinases contain a similar
250-300 amino acid
catalytic domain. The kinases may be categorized into families by the
substrates they
phosphorylate (e.g., protein-tyrosine, protein-serine/threonine, lipids,
etc.).
[0005]
In general, protein kinases mediate intracellular signaling by effecting a
phosphoryl
transfer from a nucleoside triphosphate to a protein acceptor that is involved
in a signaling
pathway. These phosphorylation events act as molecular on/off switches that
can modulate or
regulate the target protein biological function. These phosphorylation events
are ultimately
triggered in response to a variety of extracellular and other stimuli.
Examples of such stimuli
include environmental and chemical stress signals (e.g., osmotic shock, heat
shock, ultraviolet
1
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
radiation, bacterial endotoxin, and H202), cytokines (e.g., interleukin-1 (IL-
1), interleukin-8 (IL-
8) and tumor necrosis factor a (TNF-a)), and growth factors (e.g., granulocyte
macrophage-
colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), and fibroblast growth factor (FGF)). An
extracellular
stimulus may affect one or more cellular responses related to cell growth,
migration,
differentiation, secretion of hormones, activation of transcription factors,
muscle contraction,
glucose metabolism, control of protein synthesis, and regulation of the cell
cycle.
[0006] Many diseases are associated with abnormal cellular responses
triggered by kinase-
mediated events. These diseases include, but are not limited to, autoimmune
diseases,
inflammatory diseases, bone diseases, metabolic diseases, neurological and
neurodegenerative
diseases, cancer, cardiovascular diseases, allergies and asthma, Alzheimer's
disease, and
hormone-related diseases. Accordingly, there remains a need to find protein
kinase inhibitors
useful as therapeutic agents.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] It has now been found that compounds of this invention, and
pharmaceutically
acceptable compositions thereof, are effective as inhibitors of IRAK kinases.
Such compounds
have the general formula I:
(R4)p
I
R4-L2 A
_ 1 m
- (R1)õ
B N
/ I
s.--....N.--;:-LN,..[Ar]
H
I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each variable is as
defined and described
herein.
[0008] Compounds of the present invention, and pharmaceutically acceptable
compositions
thereof, are useful for treating a variety of diseases, disorders or
conditions, associated with
regulation of signaling pathways implicating IRAK kinases. Such diseases,
disorders, or
conditions include those described herein.
[0009] Compounds provided by this invention are also useful for the study
of IRAK enzymes
in biological and pathological phenomena; the study of intracellular signal
transduction pathways
2
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
occurring in bodily tissues; and the comparative evaluation of new IRAK
inhibitors or other
regulators of kinases, signaling pathways, and cytokine levels in vitro or in
vivo.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS
1. General Description of Certain Embodiments of the Invention:
[0010] Compounds of the present invention, and compositions thereof, are
useful as
inhibitors of one or more IRAK protein kinases. In some embodiments, a
provided compound
inhibits IRAK-1 and/or IRAK-4.
[0011] The binding pocket of IRAK-4 contains a plurality of hydration
sites, each of which
is occupied by a single molecule of water. Each of these water molecules has a
stability rating
associated with it. As used herein, the term "stability rating" refers to a
numerical calculation
which incorporates the enthalpy, entropy, and free energy values associated
with each water
molecule. This stability rating allows for a measurable determination of the
relative stability of
water molecules that occupy hydration sites in the binding pocket of IRAK-4.
[0012] Water molecules occupying hydration sites in the binding pocket of
IRAK-4 having a
stability rating of >2.5 kcal/mol are referred to as "unstable waters."
[0013] Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed
that displacement
or disruption of an unstable water molecule (i.e., a water molecule having a
stability rating of
>2.5 kcal/mol)õ or replacement of a stable water (i.e., a water molecule
having a stability rating
of <1 kcal/mol), by an inhibitor results in tighter binding of that inhibitor.
Accordingly,
inhibitors designed to displace one or more unstable water molecules (i.e.,
those unstable water
molecules not displaced by any known inhibitor) will be a tighter binder and,
therefore, more
potent inhibitor as compared to an inhibitor that does not displace unstable
water molecules.
[0014] It was surprisingly found that provided compounds displace or
disrupt one or more
unstable water molecules. In some embodiments, a provided compound displaces
or disrupts at
least two unstable water molecules.
[0015] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula I:
3
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
OR%
R4-2 A
- m L1 (R1)õ
/ õ
SNL N rA
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring
or a 4-7 membered
saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
n is 0-4;
each Rl is independently ¨R2, halogen, ¨CN, ¨NO2, ¨OR, -CH2OR, -
SR, -N(R)2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2N(R)2, -S(0)R, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, ¨C(0)N(R)2, -
C(0)N(R)-OR,
-N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)N(R)2, Cy, or ¨N(R)S(0)2R; or Rl is selected from one of
the
following formulas:
,R 0 0
1-NN,
kCH2)1-4 NR2 (CH2)1-4 R ; or
two Rl groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an
optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered
saturated or partially
unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially
unsaturated
heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, and
sulfur;
each R2 is independently an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6
aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7
membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2
heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and 5-6 membered
heteroaryl ring
having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
sulfur;
each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected
from Ci_6
aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated
heterocyclic having 1-2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and 5-6
membered
4
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, and
sulfur, or:
two R groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with their intervening
atoms to
form a 4-7 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring
having 0-3
heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen, independently selected from
nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur;
Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring; or a 4-
7 membered
partially unsaturated heterocyclic fused ring having 1-2 heteroatoms selected
from nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur; wherein said Ring B may be optionally substituted by one
or more oxo,
thiono, or imino groups;
m is 0-4;
p is 0-2;
[Ar] is phenyl or a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein [Ar] is substituted by q
instances of R5;
q is 0-5;
each R5 is independently -R2, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S(0)2R,
-S(0)N(R)2, -S(0)2N(R)2, -S(0)R, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-0R,
-0C(0)R, -0C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)S(0)2R,
-N(R)S(0)2N(R)2, or Cy; or
two R5 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an
optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
Ll is a covalent bond or a C1_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two
methylene units of
the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)-, -
C(0)N(R)-
, -N(R)S(0)2-, -S(0)2N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -S(0)- or
each L2 is independently a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain
wherein one or
two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -
N(R)-,
-N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S(0)2-, -S(0)2N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(0)0-
, -S-,
- or
each R4 is independently halogen, -CN, -NO2, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S(0)2R,
-S(0)2N(R)2, -S(0)R, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, -C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)N(R)2,
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
-C(0)N(R)OR, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)S(0)2N(R)2, -N(R)S(0)2R, or an optionally
substituted
group selected from C1_6 aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7 membered saturated or
partially unsaturated
heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, and
sulfur, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently
selected
from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or:
two -L2(R4)p-R4 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form
an optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
2. Compounds and Definitions:
[0016] Compounds of the present invention include those described generally
herein, and are
further illustrated by the classes, subclasses, and species disclosed herein.
As used herein, the
following definitions shall apply unless otherwise indicated. For purposes of
this invention, the
chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the
Elements, CAS
version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed. Additionally, general
principles of
organic chemistry are described in "Organic Chemistry", Thomas Sorrell,
University Science
Books, Sausalito: 1999, and "March's Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed.,
Ed.: Smith, M.B.
and March, J., John Wiley & Sons, New York: 2001, the entire contents of which
are hereby
incorporated by reference.
[0017] The term "aliphatic" or "aliphatic group", as used herein, means a
straight-chain (i.e.,
unbranched) or branched, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain that
is completely
saturated or that contains one or more units of unsaturation, or a monocyclic
hydrocarbon or
bicyclic hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that contains one or more
units of
unsaturation, but which is not aromatic (also referred to herein as
"carbocycle," "cycloaliphatic"
or "cycloalkyl"), that has a single point of attachment to the rest of the
molecule. Unless
otherwise specified, aliphatic groups contain 1-6 aliphatic carbon atoms. In
some embodiments,
aliphatic groups contain 1-5 aliphatic carbon atoms. In other embodiments,
aliphatic groups
contain 1-4 aliphatic carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, aliphatic
groups contain 1-3
aliphatic carbon atoms, and in yet other embodiments, aliphatic groups contain
1-2 aliphatic
carbon atoms. In some embodiments, "cycloaliphatic" (or "carbocycle" or
"cycloalkyl") refers
to a monocyclic C3-C6 hydrocarbon that is completely saturated or that
contains one or more
6
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
units of unsaturation, but which is not aromatic, that has a single point of
attachment to the rest
of the molecule. Suitable aliphatic groups include, but are not limited to,
linear or branched,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl groups and hybrids
thereof such as
(cycloalkyl)alkyl, (cycloalkenyl)alkyl or (cycloalkyl)alkenyl.
[0018] As used herein, the term "bridged bicyclic" refers to any bicyclic
ring system, i.e.
carbocyclic or heterocyclic, saturated or partially unsaturated, having at
least one bridge. As
defined by IUPAC, a "bridge" is an unbranched chain of atoms or an atom or a
valence bond
connecting two bridgeheads, where a "bridgehead" is any skeletal atom of the
ring system which
is bonded to three or more skeletal atoms (excluding hydrogen). In some
embodiments, a
bridged bicyclic group has 7-12 ring members and 0-4 heteroatoms independently
selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Such bridged bicyclic groups are well known in
the art and include
those groups set forth below where each group is attached to the rest of the
molecule at any
substitutable carbon or nitrogen atom. Unless otherwise specified, a bridged
bicyclic group is
optionally substituted with one or more substituents as set forth for
aliphatic groups.
Additionally or alternatively, any substitutable nitrogen of a bridged
bicyclic group is optionally
substituted. Exemplary bridged bicyclics include:
HN
0
HN/=-=-=
HN 0
HN
0
NH NH CDNH
SNH 0101
O. ISO 0
7
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[0019] The term "lower alkyl" refers to a C1_4 straight or branched alkyl
group. Exemplary
lower alkyl groups are methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and
tert-butyl.
[0020] The term "lower haloalkyl" refers to a Ci_4 straight or branched
alkyl group that is
substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
[0021] The term "heteroatom" means one or more of oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen,
phosphorus,
or silicon (including, any oxidized form of nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, or
silicon; the
quaternized form of any basic nitrogen or; a substitutable nitrogen of a
heterocyclic ring, for
example N (as in 3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrroly1), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl) or NR (as
in N-substituted
pyrrolidiny1)).
[0022] The term "unsaturated," as used herein, means that a moiety has one
or more units of
unsaturation.
[0023] As used herein, the term "bivalent C1_8 (or C1_6) saturated or
unsaturated, straight or
branched, hydrocarbon chain", refers to bivalent alkylene, alkenylene, and
alkynylene chains that
are straight or branched as defined herein.
[0024] The term "alkylene" refers to a bivalent alkyl group. An "alkylene
chain" is a
polymethylene group, i.e., ¨(CH2)õ¨, wherein n is a positive integer,
preferably from 1 to 6, from
1 to 4, from 1 to 3, from 1 to 2, or from 2 to 3. A substituted alkylene chain
is a polymethylene
group in which one or more methylene hydrogen atoms are replaced with a
substituent. Suitable
substituents include those described below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0025] The term "alkenylene" refers to a bivalent alkenyl group. A
substituted alkenylene
chain is a polymethylene group containing at least one double bond in which
one or more
hydrogen atoms are replaced with a substituent. Suitable substituents include
those described
below for a substituted aliphatic group.
[0026] As used herein, the term "cyclopropylenyl" refers to a bivalent
cyclopropyl group of
riss.X\
the following structure: .
[0027] The term "halogen" means F, Cl, Br, or I.
[0028] The term "aryl" used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in
"aralkyl," "aralkoxy," or
"aryloxyalkyl," refers to monocyclic or bicyclic ring systems having a total
of five to fourteen
ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic and wherein
each ring in the
system contains 3 to 7 ring members. The term "aryl" may be used
interchangeably with the
8
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
term "aryl ring." In certain embodiments of the present invention, "aryl"
refers to an aromatic
ring system which includes, but not limited to, phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl,
anthracyl and the like,
which may bear one or more substituents. Also included within the scope of the
term "aryl," as
it is used herein, is a group in which an aromatic ring is fused to one or
more non¨aromatic rings,
such as indanyl, phthalimidyl, naphthimidyl, phenanthridinyl, or
tetrahydronaphthyl, and the
like.
[0029] The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar¨," used alone or as part of a
larger moiety, e.g.,
"heteroaralkyl," or "heteroaralkoxy," refer to groups having 5 to 10 ring
atoms, preferably 5, 6,
or 9 ring atoms; having 6, 10, or 14 it electrons shared in a cyclic array;
and having, in addition
to carbon atoms, from one to five heteroatoms. The term "heteroatom" refers to
nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur, and includes any oxidized form of nitrogen or sulfur, and
any quaternized
form of a basic nitrogen. Heteroaryl groups include, without limitation,
thienyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl,
imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl,
oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl,
isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl,
indolizinyl, purinyl,
naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl. The terms "heteroaryl" and "heteroar¨", as
used herein, also
include groups in which a heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more aryl,
cycloaliphatic, or
heterocyclyl rings, where the radical or point of attachment is on the
heteroaromatic ring.
Nonlimiting examples include indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl,
dibenzofuranyl,
indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, cinnolinyl,
phthalazinyl,
quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, 4H¨quinolizinyl, carbazolyl, acridinyl,
phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl,
phenoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and pyrido[2,3¨b]-
1,4¨oxazin-
3(4H)¨one. A heteroaryl group may be mono¨ or bicyclic. The term "heteroaryl"
may be used
interchangeably with the terms "heteroaryl ring," "heteroaryl group," or
"heteroaromatic," any of
which terms include rings that are optionally substituted. The term
"heteroaralkyl" refers to an
alkyl group substituted by a heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl and heteroaryl
portions independently
are optionally substituted.
[0030] As used herein, the terms "heterocycle," "heterocyclyl,"
"heterocyclic radical," and
"heterocyclic ring" are used interchangeably and refer to a stable 5¨ to
7¨membered monocyclic
or 7-10¨membered bicyclic heterocyclic moiety that is either saturated or
partially unsaturated,
and having, in addition to carbon atoms, one or more, preferably one to four,
heteroatoms, as
defined above. When used in reference to a ring atom of a heterocycle, the
term "nitrogen"
9
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
includes a substituted nitrogen. As an example, in a saturated or partially
unsaturated ring having
0-3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen, the nitrogen may be
N (as in 3,4¨
dihydro-2H¨pyrroly1), NH (as in pyrrolidinyl), or NR (as in N¨substituted
pyrrolidinyl).
[0031] A heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any
heteroatom or carbon
atom that results in a stable structure and any of the ring atoms can be
optionally substituted.
Examples of such saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic radicals
include, without
limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl,
pyrrolinyl,
tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl,
oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl,
dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, and
quinuclidinyl. The
terms "heterocycle," "heterocyclyl," "heterocyclyl ring," "heterocyclic
group," "heterocyclic
moiety," and "heterocyclic radical," are used interchangeably herein, and also
include groups in
which a heterocyclyl ring is fused to one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or
cycloaliphatic rings, such as
indolinyl, 3H¨indolyl, chromanyl, phenanthridinyl, or tetrahydroquinolinyl. A
heterocyclyl
group may be mono¨ or bicyclic. The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to an
alkyl group
substituted by a heterocyclyl, wherein the alkyl and heterocyclyl portions
independently are
optionally substituted.
[0032] As used herein, the term "partially unsaturated" refers to a ring
moiety that includes
at least one double or triple bond. The term "partially unsaturated" is
intended to encompass
rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include
aryl or heteroaryl
moieties, as herein defined.
[0033] As described herein, compounds of the invention may contain
"optionally
substituted" moieties. In general, the term "substituted," whether preceded by
the term
"optionally" or not, means that one or more hydrogens of the designated moiety
are replaced
with a suitable substituent. Unless otherwise indicated, an "optionally
substituted" group may
have a suitable substituent at each substitutable position of the group, and
when more than one
position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one
substituent selected from a
specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every
position.
Combinations of substituents envisioned by this invention are preferably those
that result in the
formation of stable or chemically feasible compounds. The term "stable," as
used herein, refers
to compounds that are not substantially altered when subjected to conditions
to allow for their
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
production, detection, and, in certain embodiments, their recovery,
purification, and use for one
or more of the purposes disclosed herein.
[0034] Suitable monovalent substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of
an "optionally
substituted" group are independently halogen; ¨(CH2)0_4R ; ¨(CH2)0_40R ; -
0(CH2)0_4R , ¨0¨
(CH2)0_4C(0)0R ; ¨(CH2)0_4CH(OR )2; ¨(CH2)0_4SR ; ¨(CH2)0_4Ph, which may be
substituted
with R ; ¨(CH2)0_40(CH2)0_11311 which may be substituted with R ; ¨CH=CHPh,
which may be
substituted with R ; ¨(CH2)0_40(CH2)o-i-Pyridyl which may be substituted with
R ; ¨NO2; ¨CN;
¨N3; -(CH2)0_4N(R )2; ¨(CH2)0_4N(R )C(0)R ; ¨N(R )C(S)R ;
4N(R )C(0)NR 2; -N(R )C(S)NR 2; ¨(CH2)0_4N(R )C(0)0R ;
N(R )N(R )C(0)R ; -N(R )N(R )C(0)NR 2; -N(R )N(R )C(0)0R ; ¨(CH2)0_4C(0)R ; ¨
C(S)R ; ¨(CH2)0_4C(0)0R ; ¨(CH2)0_4C(0)SR ; -(CH2)0_4C(0)0SiR 3;
¨(CH2)0_40C(0)R ; ¨
OC(0)(CH2)0_45R¨, SC(S)SR ; ¨(CH2)0_45C(0)R ; ¨(CH2)0_4C(0)NR 2; ¨C(S)NR 2; ¨
C(S)SR ; ¨SC(S)SR , -(CH2)0_40C(0)NR 2; -C(0)N(OR )R ; ¨C(0)C(0)R ; ¨
C(0)CH2C(0)R ; ¨C(NOR )R ; -(CH2)0_455R ; ¨(CH2)0_4S(0)2R ; ¨(CH2)0_45(0)20R ;
¨
(CH2)0_405(0)2R ; ¨S(0)2NR 2; -(CH2)0_45(0)R ; -N(R )S(0)2NR 2; ¨N(R )S(0)2R ;
¨
N(OR )R ; ¨C(NH)NR 2; ¨P(0)2R ; -P(0)R 2; -0P(0)R 2; ¨0P(0)(OR )2; SiR 3; ¨(C1-
4
straight or branched alkylene)O¨N(R )2; or ¨(C1_4 straight or branched
alkylene)C(0)0¨N(R )2,
wherein each R may be substituted as defined below and is independently
hydrogen, Ci-
6 aliphatic, ¨CH2Ph, ¨0(CH2)0_1111, -CH2-(5-6 membered heteroaryl ring), or a
5-6¨membered
saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms
independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or, notwithstanding the definition above, two
independent
occurrences of R , taken together with their intervening atom(s), form a 3-1
2¨membered
saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl mono¨ or bicyclic ring having 0-4
heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, which may be
substituted as defined
below.
[0035] Suitable monovalent substituents on R (or the ring formed by taking
two
independent occurrences of R together with their intervening atoms), are
independently
halogen, ¨(CH2)0_2R., ¨(haloR*), ¨(CH2)0_20H, ¨(CH2)0_20R.,
2CH(0R.)2; -0(haloR*), ¨CN, ¨N3, ¨(CH2)0_2C(0)R., ¨(CH2)0_2C(0)0H,
¨(CH2)0_2C(0)0R., ¨
(CH2)0_25R*, ¨(CH2)0_25H, ¨(CH2)0_2NH2, ¨(CH2)0_2NHR', ¨(CH2)0_2NR.2, ¨NO2,
¨SiR'3, ¨
11
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
OSiR.3, -C(0)SR., ¨(C1_4 straight or branched alkylene)C(0)0R., or ¨SSR.
wherein each R. is
unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is substituted only with one or more
halogens, and is
independently selected from C1_4 aliphatic, ¨CH2Ph, ¨0(CH2)0_11311, or a 5-
6¨membered
saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms
independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated
carbon atom of R
include =0 and S.
[0036] Suitable divalent substituents on a saturated carbon atom of an
"optionally
substituted" group include the following: =0, =S, =NNR*2, =NNHC(0)R*,
=NNHC(0)0R*,
=NNHS(0)2R*, =NR*, =NOR*, ¨0(C(R*2))2_30¨, or ¨S(C(R*2))2_35¨, wherein each
independent
occurrence of R* is selected from hydrogen, C1_6 aliphatic which may be
substituted as defined
below, or an unsubstituted 5-6¨membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or
aryl ring having 0-
4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
Suitable divalent
substituents that are bound to vicinal substitutable carbons of an "optionally
substituted" group
include: ¨0(CR*2)2_30¨, wherein each independent occurrence of R* is selected
from hydrogen,
C1_6 aliphatic which may be substituted as defined below, or an unsubstituted
5-6¨membered
saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms
independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0037] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of R* include halogen,
¨
R., -(haloR.), -OH, ¨0R., ¨0(haloR.), ¨CN, ¨C(0)0H, ¨C(0)0R., ¨NH2, ¨NHR.,
¨NR.2, or
¨NO2, wherein each R. is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is
substituted only with one
or more halogens, and is independently C1_4 aliphatic, ¨CH2Ph, ¨0(CH2)0_11311,
or a 5-6¨
membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0038] Suitable substituents on a substitutable nitrogen of an "optionally
substituted" group
include ¨Rt, ¨NRt2, ¨C(0)Rt, ¨C(0)0Rt, ¨C(0)C(0)Rt,
C(0)CH2C(0)Rt, -S(0)2Rt, -S(0)2NRt2, ¨C(S)NRt2, ¨C(NH)NRt2, or ¨N(Rt)S(0)2Rt;
wherein
each Rt is independently hydrogen, Cis aliphatic which may be substituted as
defined below,
unsubstituted ¨0Ph, or an unsubstituted 5-6¨membered saturated, partially
unsaturated, or aryl
ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
sulfur, or,
notwithstanding the definition above, two independent occurrences of Rt, taken
together with
their intervening atom(s) form an unsubstituted 3-12¨membered saturated,
partially unsaturated,
12
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
or aryl mono¨ or bicyclic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected
from nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur.
[0039] Suitable substituents on the aliphatic group of Rt are independently
halogen, ¨
R., -(haloR.), ¨OH, ¨0R., ¨0(haloR.), ¨CN, ¨C(0)0H, ¨C(0)0R., ¨NH2, ¨NHR.,
¨NR.2,
or -NO2, wherein each R. is unsubstituted or where preceded by "halo" is
substituted only with
one or more halogens, and is independently C1_4 aliphatic, ¨CH2Ph,
¨0(CH2)0_11311, or a 5-6¨
membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or aryl ring having 0-4 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0040] As used herein, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers
to those salts which
are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact
with the tissues of
humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response
and the like, and
are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically
acceptable salts are well
known in the art. For example, S. M. Berge et al., describe pharmaceutically
acceptable salts in
detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, 66, 1-19, incorporated herein by
reference.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include
those derived from
suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically
acceptable,
nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic
acids such as
hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and
perchloric acid or with
organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid,
citric acid, succinic acid
or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion
exchange. Other
pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate,
aspartate,
benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate,
camphorsulfonate, citrate,
cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate,
fumarate,
glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate,
hexanoate, hydroiodide,
2¨hydroxy¨ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate,
malate, maleate,
malonate, methanesulfonate, 2¨naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate,
oleate, oxalate,
palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3¨phenylpropionate, phosphate,
pivalate, propionate,
stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, p¨toluenesulfonate,
undecanoate, valerate salts,
and the like.
[0041] Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline
earth metal,
ammonium and N'(Ci_4alky1)4 salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth
metal salts include
13
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further
pharmaceutically
acceptable salts include, when appropriate, nontoxic ammonium, quaternary
ammonium, and
amine cations formed using counterions such as halide, hydroxide, carboxylate,
sulfate,
phosphate, nitrate, loweralkyl sulfonate and aryl sulfonate.
[0042] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant
to include all
isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or
conformational)) forms of the
structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center,
Z and E double
bond isomers, and Z and E conformational isomers. Therefore, single
stereochemical isomers as
well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformational)
mixtures of the present
compounds are within the scope of the invention. Unless otherwise stated, all
tautomeric forms
of the compounds of the invention are within the scope of the invention.
Additionally, unless
otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include
compounds that differ only
in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example,
compounds having the
present structures including the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or
tritium, or the
replacement of a carbon by a 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope
of this invention.
Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools, as probes in
biological assays, or as
therapeutic agents in accordance with the present invention. In certain
embodiments, a warhead
moiety, Rl, of a provided compound comprises one or more deuterium atoms. In
certain
embodiments, Ring B of a provided compound may be substituted with one or more
deuterium
atoms.
[0043] As used herein, the term "inhibitor" is defined as a compound that
binds to and /or
inhibits IRAK-4 with measurable affinity. In certain embodiments, an inhibitor
has an IC50
and/or binding constant of less than about 50 uM, less than about 1 uM, less
than about 500 nM,
less than about 100 nM, less than about 10 nM, or less than about 1 nM.
[0044] A compound of the present invention may be tethered to a detectable
moiety. It will
be appreciated that such compounds are useful as imaging agents. One of
ordinary skill in the art
will recognize that a detectable moiety may be attached to a provided compound
via a suitable
substituent. As used herein, the term "suitable substituent" refers to a
moiety that is capable of
covalent attachment to a detectable moiety. Such moieties are well known to
one of ordinary
skill in the art and include groups containing, e.g., a carboxylate moiety, an
amino moiety, a thiol
moiety, or a hydroxyl moiety, to name but a few. It will be appreciated that
such moieties may
14
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
be directly attached to a provided compound or via a tethering group, such as
a bivalent saturated
or unsaturated hydrocarbon chain. In some embodiments, such moieties may be
attached via
click chemistry. In some embodiments, such moieties may be attached via a 1,3-
cycloaddition of
an azide with an alkyne, optionally in the presence of a copper catalyst.
Methods of using click
chemistry are known in the art and include those described by Rostovtsev et
at., Angew. Chem.
Int. Ed. 2002, 41, 2596-99 and Sun et at., Bioconjugate Chem., 2006, 17, 52-
57.
[0045] As used herein, the term "detectable moiety" is used interchangeably
with the term
"label" and relates to any moiety capable of being detected, e.g., primary
labels and secondary
labels. Primary labels, such as radioisotopes (e.g., tritium, 32P, 33P, 35, or
14C), mass-tags, and
fluorescent labels are signal generating reporter groups which can be detected
without further
modifications. Detectable moieties also include luminescent and phosphorescent
groups.
[0046] The term "secondary label" as used herein refers to moieties such as
biotin and
various protein antigens that require the presence of a second intermediate
for production of a
detectable signal. For biotin, the secondary intermediate may include
streptavidin-enzyme
conjugates. For antigen labels, secondary intermediates may include antibody-
enzyme
conjugates. Some fluorescent groups act as secondary labels because they
transfer energy to
another group in the process of nonradiative fluorescent resonance energy
transfer (FRET), and
the second group produces the detected signal.
[0047] The terms "fluorescent label", "fluorescent dye", and "fluorophore"
as used herein
refer to moieties that absorb light energy at a defined excitation wavelength
and emit light
energy at a different wavelength. Examples of fluorescent labels include, but
are not limited to:
Alexa Fluor dyes (Alexa Fluor 350, Alexa Fluor 488, Alexa Fluor 532, Alexa
Fluor 546, Alexa
Fluor 568, Alexa Fluor 594, Alexa Fluor 633, Alexa Fluor 660 and Alexa Fluor
680), AMCA,
AMCA-S, BODIPY dyes (BODIPY FL, BODIPY R6G, BODIPY TMR, BODIPY TR, BODIPY
530/550, BODIPY 558/568, BODIPY 564/570, BODIPY 576/589, BODIPY 581/591,
BODIPY
630/650, BODIPY 650/665), Carboxyrhodamine 6G, carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX),
Cascade
Blue, Cascade Yellow, Coumarin 343, Cyanine dyes (Cy3, Cy5, Cy3.5, Cy5.5),
Dansyl,
Dapoxyl, Dialkylaminocoumarin, 4',5'-Dichloro-2',7'-dimethoxy-fluorescein, DM-
NERF, Eosin,
Erythrosin, Fluorescein, FAM, Hydroxycoumarin, IRDyes (IRD40, IRD 700, IRD
800), JOE,
Lissamine rhodamine B, Marina Blue, Methoxycoumarin, Naphthofluorescein,
Oregon Green
488, Oregon Green 500, Oregon Green 514, Pacific Blue, PyMPO, Pyrene,
Rhodamine B,
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Rhodamine 6G, Rhodamine Green, Rhodamine Red, Rhodol Green, 2',4',5',7'-Tetra-
bromosulfone-fluorescein, Tetramethyl-rhodamine (TMR),
Carboxytetramethylrhodamine
(TAMRA), Texas Red, Texas Red-X.
[0048] The term "mass-tag" as used herein refers to any moiety that is
capable of being
uniquely detected by virtue of its mass using mass spectrometry (MS) detection
techniques.
Examples of mass-tags include electrophore release tags such as N-[3-[4'-[(p-
Methoxytetrafluorobenzyl)oxy]pheny1]-3-methylglyceronyl]isonipecotic Acid,
4'42,3,5,6-
Tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluorophenoxyl)]methyl acetophenone, and their
derivatives. The synthesis
and utility of these mass-tags is described in United States Patents
4,650,750, 4,709,016,
5,360,8191, 5,516,931, 5,602,273, 5,604,104, 5,610,020, and 5,650,270. Other
examples of
mass-tags include, but are not limited to, nucleotides, dideoxynucleotides,
oligonucleotides of
varying length and base composition, oligopeptides, oligosaccharides, and
other synthetic
polymers of varying length and monomer composition. A large variety of organic
molecules,
both neutral and charged (biomolecules or synthetic compounds) of an
appropriate mass range
(100-2000 Daltons) may also be used as mass-tags.
[0049] The terms "measurable affinity" and "measurably inhibit," as used
herein, means a
measurable change in an IRAK protein kinase activity between a sample
comprising a compound
of the present invention, or composition thereof, and an IRAK protein kinase,
and an equivalent
sample comprising an IRAK protein kinase, in the absence of said compound, or
composition
thereof
3. Description of Exemplary Embodiments:
[0050] As described above, in certain embodiments, the present invention
provides a
compound of formula I:
(R4)p
I
R4¨L2 A
Ill 1
(R1)n
B N
/ 1
s.--NLN,[Ar]
H
I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
16
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring
or a 4-7 membered
saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
n is 0-4;
each Rl is independently ¨R2, halogen, ¨CN, ¨NO2, ¨OR, -CH2OR, -
SR, -N(R)2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)2N(R)2, -S(0)R, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, ¨C(0)N(R)2, -
C(0)N(R)-OR,
-NRC(0)0R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, Cy, or -NRSO2R, or Rl is selected from one of the
following
formulas:
s ,R 0 R 0
1-Ni, --LL -1-14,
kcH2)1-4 NR2 (CH2)1-4 R ; or
two Rl groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an
optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered
saturated or partially
unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially
unsaturated
heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, and
sulfur;
each R2 is independently an optionally substituted group selected from C1-6
aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7
membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2
heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and 5-6 membered
heteroaryl ring
having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
sulfur;
each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected
from C1_6
aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated
heterocyclic having 1-2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and 5-6
membered
heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, and
sulfur, or:
two R groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with their intervening
atoms to
form a 4-7 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring
having 0-3
heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen, independently selected from
nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur;
17
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring; or a 4-
7 membered
partially unsaturated heterocyclic fused ring having 1-2 heteroatoms selected
from nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur; wherein said Ring B may be optionally substituted by one
or more oxo,
thiono, or imino groups;
m is 0-4;
p is 0-2;
[Ar] is phenyl or a 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein [Ar] is substituted by q
instances of R5;
q is 0-5;
each R5 is independently -R2, halogen, -CN, -NO2, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S(0)2R,
-S(0)N(R)2, -S(0)2N(R)2, -S(0)R, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-0R,
-0C(0)R, -0C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)S(0)2R,
-N(R)S(0)2N(R)2, or Cy; or
two R5 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an
optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
Ll is a covalent bond or a C1_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two
methylene units of
the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -N(R) -N(R)C(0)-, -
C(0)N(R)-
, -N(R)S(0)2-, -S(0)2N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -S(0)- or
each L2 is independently a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain
wherein one or
two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -
N(R)
-N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S(0)2-, -S(0)2N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(0)0-
, -S-,
- or
each R4 is independently halogen, -CN, -NO2, -OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S(0)2R,
-S(0)2N(R)2, -S(0)R, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R, -
C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)C(0)R,
-N(R)C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)OR, -0C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)S(0)2N(R)2,
-N(R)S(0)2R, or an optionally substituted group selected from C1_6 aliphatic,
phenyl, 4-7
membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2
heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and 5-6 membered
heteroaryl ring
having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
sulfur, or:
18
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
two -L2(R4)p-R4 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form
an optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
[0051]
As defined generally above, the Ring A group of formula I is a 3-7 membered
saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered
saturated or partially
unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected
from nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or
partially
unsaturated carbocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, Ring A is a 4-7 membered
saturated or
partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently
selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0052]
In some embodiments, Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated carbocyclic ring. In
certain embodiments, Ring A is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In some embodiments,
Ring A is
cyclohexyl.
[0053]
One of skill in the art will appreciate that a when Ring A is a disubstituted
cycloalkyl
ring, said ring can have cis or trans relative stereochemistry. In some
embodiments, Ring A is a
trans-1,4-disubstituted cycloalkyl ring. In some embodiments, Ring A is a
trans-1,4-
disubstituted cyclohexyl ring.
[0054]
In certain embodiments, Ring A is a 4-7 membered saturated heterocyclic ring
having
1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In
certain
embodiments, Ring A is a 5-6 membered saturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3
heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In certain
embodiments, Ring A is
piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or
tetrahydrofuranyl.
In some embodiments, when Ring A is a 4-7 membered saturated heterocyclic
ring, Ll is a
covalent bond. In some embodiments, when Ring A is a 4-7 membered saturated
heterocyclic
ring, Ll is not a covalent bond.
[0055]
As defined generally above, the n group of formula I is 0-4. In some
embodiments, n
is 0. In other embodiments, n is 1-4. In certain embodiments, n is 1 or 2.
[0056]
As defined generally above, each Rl group of formula I is independently ¨R2,
halogen, ¨CN, -NO2, ¨OR, -CH2OR, -
SR, -N(R)2, -SO2R, -SO2N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -CO2R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-0R, -
19
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
NRC(0)R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, Cy, or -NRSO2R; or Rl is selected from one of the
following
formulas:
-1-N ,R
N, 0
--IL R 0
-1-14
kCH2)1-4 NR2 µ(CH2)1-4 R ; Or
two Rl groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an
optionally substituted
4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2
heteroatoms independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0057]
. In certain embodiments, Rl is R2, -OR, -N(R)2, -CO2R, -C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-
OR, -SO2N(R)2, Cy, or -NRC(0)0R. In some embodiments, Rl is ¨C(0)NH2, -
C(0)NHCH3, -
C(0)NH-OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -S02t-butyl, -OH, -C(0)0H, -NH2, -NHCH3, -N(CH3)2, -
N(CH2CH3)2, -NHC(0)CH3, or ¨CH2phenyl. In certain embodiments, Rl is selected
from one of
g , k R 0 R
1 0
-NN,cH2)14 NR2 _ 1-14
k_
the following formulas:
\(CI-12)1-4 R . In certain embodiments, Rl is
Cy. In certain embodiments, Rl is ¨N(R)2. In some embodiments, Rl is
dimethylamino. In
some embodiments, Rl is ethylamino. Exemplary Rl groups include those depicted
in Table 1.
[0058]
In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formula I
wherein two Rl groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form
an optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2 heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In certain
embodiments, two Rl
groups on adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an optionally
substituted 4-7
membered ring fused to Ring A. In other embodiments, two Rl groups on the same
carbon atom
are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered spiro-fused
ring. In other
embodiments, two Rl groups on non-adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to
form an
optionally substituted bridged bicyclic ring with Ring A.
[0059]
As defined generally above, Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from
a 3-7
membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered
saturated or
partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently
selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0060]
In some embodiments, Cy is an optionally substituted 3-7 membered saturated
carbocyclic ring. In certain embodiments, Cy is an optionally substituted 4-7
membered
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
saturated heterocyclic ring containing 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected
from nitrogen,
oxygen or sulfur. In certain embodiments Cy is a spirobicyclic 7-8 membered
ring. In certain
embodiments, Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from morpholinyl,
pyrrolidinyl,
azetidinyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl. In certain embodiments, Cy is selected
from morpholinyl,
4,4-difluoropiperidinyl, and 6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl.
[0061] One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that an Rl
substituent on a saturated
carbon of Ring A forms a chiral center. In some embodiments, that chiral
center is in the (R)
configuration. In other embodiments, that chiral center is in the (S)
configuration.
[0062] As defined generally above, the Ll group of formula I is a covalent
bond or a Ci_6
bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are
optionally and
independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -SO2N(R)-, -
0-, -C(0)-,
-0C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -502-. In some embodiments, Ll is a covalent
bond. In other
embodiments, Ll is a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two
methylene units of the
chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-
, -N(R)502-
, -SO2N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-.
[0063] In some embodiments, Ll is ¨NH- (i.e., a Ci bivalent hydrocarbon
chain wherein the
methylene unit is replaced by ¨NH-), -0-, -CH20-, -OCH2-, -NHC(0)-, -CH2NH-,
or -NHCH2-.
In some embodiments, Ll is -0-. In some embodiments, Ll is ¨NR-. In some
embodiments, Ll
is ¨NH-. In some embodiments, Ll is ¨OCH2-. In some embodiments, Ll is ¨NRCH2-
.
Exemplary Ll groups include those depicted in Table 1.
[0064] As defined generally above, the Ring B group of formula I is a 4-8
membered
partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring or a 4-7 membered partially
unsaturated heterocyclic
ring ring having 1-2 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. In
some
embodiments, Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused
ring. In other
embodiments, Ring B is a 4-7 membered partially unsaturated azacyclic fused
ring having one or
two nitrogens. In some embodiments, Ring B is a cyclohexo- or cyclopento-fused
ring. In other
embodiments, Ring B is a piperidino-fused ring. In some embodiments, Ring B is
a
tetrahydropyrano-fused ring. In some embodiments, Ring B is a pyrrolidino-
fused ring.
[0065] One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that a substituent
on a saturated carbon
of Ring B forms a chiral center. In some embodiments, that chiral center is in
the (R)
configuration. In other embodiments, that chiral center is in the (S)
configuration.
21
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[0066]
As defined generally above, the m group of formula I is 0-4. In some
embodiments,
m is 0. In some embodiments, m is 1-4. In certain embodiments, m is 1 or 2. In
some
embodiments m is 1.
[0067]
As defined generally above, each L2 is independently a covalent bond or a C1_6
bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two methylene units of the chain are
optionally and
independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -SO2N(R)-, -
0-, -C(0)-,
-0C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-.
[0068]
In certain embodiments each L2 is independently a covalent bond. In some
embodiments each L2 is a Ci_3 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two
methylene units of
the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -C(0)N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-
, -S-, -SO- or -
502-. In certain embodiments, L2 is methylene. In certain embodiments, L2 is
¨CH2-C(0)-. In
certain embodiments, L2 is a C2 hydrocarbon chain substituted with a hydroxyl
group
(-CH2CH(OH)-).
[0069]
As defined generally above, each R4 is independently halogen, ¨CN, ¨NO2, ¨OR, -
SR, -N(R)2, -SO2R, -SO2N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -CO2R, ¨C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -
NRC(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)OR, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)S(0)2N(R)2, -NRSO2R, or an
optionally
substituted group selected from C1_6 aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7 membered saturated
or partially
unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen,
and sulfur, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms
independently selected
from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or: two -L2(R4)p-R4 groups are taken
together with their
intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-
fused, or bridged
bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, and sulfur.
[0070] In some embodiments, each R4
is independently
CN, -OR, -SR, -SOR, -502R, -C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, or an optionally substituted
group
selected from Ci_6 aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially
unsaturated heterocyclic
having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
sulfur, and 5-6
membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen,
and sulfur.
In certain embodiments, each R4 is independently ¨
CN, -OR, -SR, -SOR, -502R, -C(0)N(R)2, or -NRC(0)R. In certain embodiments R4
is an
optionally substituted group selected from Ci_6 aliphatic, 4-7 membered
saturated or partially
unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen,
22
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
and sulfur, and 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms
independently selected
from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In certain embodiments R4 is hydroxyl. In
certain
embodiments R4 is ¨C(0)N(R)2.
[0071] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula I
wherein two -L2(R4)p-R4 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms
to form an
optionally substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic
ring having 0-2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In
certain embodiments,
two -L2-R4 groups on adjacent carbon atoms are taken together to form an
optionally substituted
4-7 membered ring fused to Ring B. In other embodiments, two -L2(R4)p-R4
groups on the same
carbon atom are taken together to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered
spiro-fused ring.
In other embodiments, two -L2(R4)p-R4 groups on non-adjacent carbon atoms are
taken together
to form an optionally substituted bridged bicyclic ring with Ring B.
[0072] One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that an -L2(R4)p-R4
substituent on a
saturated carbon of Ring B forms a chiral center. In some embodiments, that
chiral center is in
the (R) configuration. In other embodiments, that chiral center is in the (S)
configuration.
[0073] As defined generally above, [Ar] is phenyl or a 5-6 membered
heteroaromatic ring
having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or
sulfur, wherein [Ar] is
substituted by q instances of R5. In some embodiments, [Ar] is an
unsubstituted phenyl ring
(i.e., q is 0). In some embodiments, [Ar] is a substituted phenyl ring (i.e.,
q is 1-5). In some
embodiments, [Ar] is an unsubstituted 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring having
1-4
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (i.e., q
is 0). In some
embodiments, [Ar] is substituted 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring having 1-4
heteroatoms
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur (i.e., q is 1-5). In
some embodiments,
[Ar] is a 5-membered heteroaromatic ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently
selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, [Ar] is a 6-membered
heteroaromatic ring
having 1-3 nitrogen atoms. In some embodiments, [Ar] is a ring selected from
the group
consisting of imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, pyrazole
and thiophene. In
some embodiments, [Ar] is a pyrazole ring. Exemplary [Ar] groups include those
depicted in
Table 1.
[0074] As defined generally above, p is 0-2. In some embodiments p is 0. In
some
embodiments p is 1-2. In some embodiments p is 1. In certain embodiments, p is
2.
23
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[0075] As defined generally above, q is 0-5. In some embodiments q is 0. In
some
embodiments q is 1. In some embodiments q is 2. In some embodiments q is 0-2.
In some
embodiments q is 0-3. In some embodiments q is 0-4. In some embodiments q is 1-
2. In some
embodiments q is 1-3. In some embodiments q is 1-4. In some embodiments q is 1-
5.
[0076] As defined generally above, each R5 is independently ¨R2, halogen,
¨CN, ¨NO2,
-OR, -SR, -N(R)2, -S(0)2R, -S(0)N(R)2, -S(0)2N(R)2, -S(0)R, -C(0)R, -C(0)0R,
¨C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-OR, -0C(0)R, -0C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)C(0)R, -N(R)C(0)0R,
-N(R)C(0)N(R)2, -N(R)S(0)2R, -N(R)S(0)2N(R)2, or Cy; or two R5 groups are
taken together
with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered
fused, spiro-fused,
or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-2 heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen,
and sulfur. In some embodiments, an R5 is R2. In some embodiments an R5 is
optionally
substituted Ci_6 aliphatic. In some embodiments an R5 is Cy. In some
embodiments an R5 is
methyl. In some embodiments an R5 is ethyl. In some embodiments an R5 is
difluoromethyl. In
some embodiments an R5 is trifluoromethyl. In some embodiments an R5 is
isopropyl. In some
embodiments an R5 is tert-butyl. In some embodiments an R5 is piperazine. In
some
embodiments an R5 is N-methylpiperazine. In some embodiments an R5 is
piperidine. In some
embodiments an R5 is isopropylacetyl. In some embodiments an R5 is acetic
acid. In some
embodiments an R5 is tetrahydrothiopyran-1,1-dioxide. In some embodiments an
R5 is
tetrahydropyran. In some embodiments an R5 is oxetane. In some embodiments an
R5 is
hydroxyethyl. In some embodiments an R5 is hydroxyethylethoxy.
[0077] In some embodiments, the compound of formula I is not selected from
the following
compounds:
I
HN
/ 1 0
S N N
H .
[0078] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula I,
wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of formula II:
24
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
A
L1 (R1),
ECC----)N
N [Ar]
,,.. rL...,
H
II
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, Ring B,
Ll, [Ar], Rl, R4,
and n is as defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and
in combination.
[0079] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula II,
wherein Ring B is cyclopento or cyclohexo, thereby forming a compound of
formulae III or IV:
A A
1 (RI), 1 (R1),
s Nr\i[Ar-]
S NN [Ar-]
H H
III IV
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ring A, Ll,
[Ar], Rl, and n is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0080] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula III or
IV, wherein n is 1, and Ring A is trans-substituted cyclohexyl, thereby
forming a compound of
formulae V or VI:
ici).õR1 R1
I
s NN[Ar-]
S N N[Ar]
H H
V VI
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of Ll, [Ar], and
Rl is as defined
above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in combination.
[0081] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula V or
VI, wherein Ll is ¨0-, thereby forming a compound of formulae VII or VIII:
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
400ecij.,\R1 oecoµR1
0 0
s NN [Ar] S ,[Ar] N N
VII VIII
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], and Rl is
as defined above
and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in combination.
[0082] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula V or
VI, wherein Ll is ¨NH-, thereby forming a compound of formulae IX or X:
0,00 .õR1 vo,õR1
HN HN
s NN[Ar] ,[Ar]
S N N
IX X
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], and Rl is
as defined above
and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in combination.
[0083] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formulae III,
IV, V, VI, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, or X wherein [Ar] is optionally substituted
phenyl. In some
embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of formulae III, IV, V,
VI, V, VI,
VII, VIII, IX, or X wherein [Ar] is optionally substituted heteroaryl. In some
embodiments, the
present invention provides a compound of formulae III, IV, V, VI, V, VI, VII,
VIII, IX, or X
wherein [Ar] is optionally substituted 5-membered heteroaryl. In some
embodiments, the
present invention provides a compound of formulae III, IV, V, VI, V, VI, VII,
VIII, IX, or X
wherein [Ar] is optionally substituted 6-membered heteroaryl.
[0084] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula I,
wherein m is 1, thereby forming a compound of formula XI:
26
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
(R4)p
I
Ra_ 2 A
1 (R1)õ
B N
/ 1
s--...NA,N,...[Ar]
H
XI
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein [Ar] is an optionally
substituted phenyl or
heteroaromatic ring, and each of Ring A, Ring B, L2, Rz, R15 R4,
m, n, and p is as defined above
and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in combination.
[0085] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula I,
wherein n is 1 and Ring A is 1,4-trans-substituted cyclohexyl, thereby forming
a compound of
formula XII:
[ (R4)1
I
Ra_ 2
m 1
e/ 1 1\11
S N ,[Ar]
N
H
XII
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ring A,
Ring B, Ll, L25 R15
R4, m, and p is as defined above and described in embodiments herein, both
singly and in
combination.
[0086] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XII,
wherein Ring B is cyclopento, thereby forming a compound of formula XIII:
[ (R4)1
I
R4- t2
m 1
N
e/ 1
S N ,[Ar]
N
H
XIII
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L25
R15 R45 m5 and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
27
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[0087] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XII,
wherein Ring B is cyclohexo, thereby forming a compound of formula XIV:
I
Ra_y2 m 1
ilk 1 NI1
S
H
XIV
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, m, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0088] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XII,
wherein Ring B is a partially unsaturated tetrahydropyrano-fused ring, thereby
forming a
compound of one of formulae XV-a, XV-b, XV-c, or XV-d:
_[ _ (R4)p 0õR1 (R4)p 0õR1
I I
R4-L2 -
R4L2
I I
N N
/ 1 / 1
s---NN,[Ar] 0 s---NN,[Ar]
H H
XV-a XV-b
[
_ -
(R4)p 0õR1 (R4)p 0õR1
I I
R4-L2 R4-L2
(12.......- m L1 ci.o........_)- m L1
Ari
s.--....N, ,N,... rL..., s.--....N.-,--1,N,.,[Ar]
H H
XV-c XV-d
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, m, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0089] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XII,
wherein Ring B is a partially unsaturated piperidino-fused ring, thereby
forming a compound of
one of formulae XVI-a, XVI-b, XVI-c, or XVI-d:
28
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
- _ -
[ (R4)pj. (R4)p
I I
R4_1 2 R4_1 2
T - m Li _ T - m Li
Nõ[Ar]N,õ[Ar]
H H
XVI-a XVI-b
_ [ _ - (R4)p voR1 (R4)p
I I
R4_, 2 _ R4_1 2
1- m 1
N -
/
[Ar] s......NN,[Ar]
H H
XVI-c XVI-d
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, m, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0090] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XII,
wherein Ring B is a partially unsaturated pyrrolidino-fused ring, thereby
forming a compound of
one of formulae XVII-a, XVII-b, or XVII-c:
(74) (R4) [ 0 Ri
, _ (R4)p p R1 [ p R1 -
I
I µµ
ii 10%
R412 m 1_1 R412 m 1_1D
_ D -4 _2
i N - m
--- N N ' --- N s"- N
,[Ar] / \ ,...N,[Ar] / 1
, ,[Ar]
XVII-a XVII-b XVII-c
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, m, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0091] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XI,
wherein Ring B is cyclopento, thereby forming a compound of formula XVIII:
29
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
(R4)p vo.oRi
I
R4-1T2
Li
ez
S
H
XVIII
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0092] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XI,
wherein Ring B is cyclohexo, thereby forming a compound of formula XIX:
(R4)p 0õR1
I
R4-L2
L1>
S 1 NI
s
H
XIX
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L25
R15 R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0093] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XI,
wherein Ring B is a partially unsaturated tetrahydropyrano-fused ring, thereby
forming a
compound of one of formulae XX-a, XX-b, XX-c, or XX-d:
(R4)p.0,,,R1 (R4)p 0,,R1
1 1
R4-y2 Ra_ir2
Li Li
----Cs---NLN,[Ar] s---LNLN,[Ar]
H H
XX-a XX-b
(R4)p vo.õR1 (R4)p vo,õR1
I I
R4-L2 R4-L2
ph If1 1 L1
\---4---r IN -----trINI
s-----N ,N,[Ar] s--NN,[Ar]
H H
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
XX¨c XX-d
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0094] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XI,
wherein Ring B is a partially unsaturated piperidino-fused ring, thereby
forming a compound of
one of formulae XXI-a, XXI-b, XXI-c, or XXI-d:
(R4)pv0.õRi (rp
I
R4¨L2 R4¨L2
1 Li
.._.............õ.....y.,
N N 1
j....N i, [Ar
s----..õ [Ar] .,
H H
XXI-a XXI-b
(R4)p,o.õ1R1 (rp
I
R4-L2 R4_ir2
N \ Ll N 1
I
Nõ.[.A..r ] s---N N[Ar]
H H
XXI-c XXI-d
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0095] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XI,
wherein Ring B is a partially unsaturated pyrrolidino-fused ring, thereby
forming a compound of
one of formulae XXII-a, XXII-b, or XXII-c:
,R1 ,R1 ,R1
Ds
(R4)p (R4)p
1 1 R4_,2
R412 Li R412 Li 1 N Li
,[Ar] / 1
,[Ar]
S N H NI' --N
H
XXII-a XXII-b XXII-c
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], Ll, L2,
R1, R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
31
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
[0096] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula XV-a,
XV-b, XV-c, or XV-d wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of one of
formulae XXIII-a,
XXIII-b, XXIII-c, or XXIII-d:
R1 R1
y1190
1\1
XXIII-a XXIII-b
R1 R1
0 0
/ I Ar / Ar
XXIII-c XXIII-d
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], L2,
R1, R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0097] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula
XVI-a, XVI-b, XVI-c, or XVI-d, wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of
one of
formulae XXIV-a, XXIV-b, XXIV-c, or XXIV-d:
HN /
,N[.A..r
]
XXIV-a XXIV-b
R1 R1
NH
Ar / I Ar
XXIV-c XXIV-d
32
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], L2,
R1, R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0098] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula
XVII-a, XVII-b, or XVII-c wherein m is 0, thereby forming a compound of one of
formulae
XXV-a, XXV-b, or XXV-c:
R1
0
0,
L1 L1 H1 0
N
HLHN N N
/ ,[Ar]
S N N
S N H S N H
XXV-a XXV-b XXV-c
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein each of [Ar], L2,
R1, R4, and p is as
defined above and described in embodiments herein, both singly and in
combination.
[0099] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula I
wherein [Ar] is pyrazole substituted by q instances of R5, thereby forming a
compound of one of
formulae XXVI-a or XXVI-b:
(74)1 (74)1
R4-L2 A R4-L2 A
m (R1)õ
m (R1)õ
/ B I 1\11 r(R5)ci
(R )q
XXVI-a XXVI-b
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein q is 0-3 and each of
Ring A, Ring B, Ll,
L25 R15 ¨45
R5, n, m, p is as defined above and described in embodiments herein, both
singly and
in combination.
[00100] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of
formula I:
(R4)p
R4-2 A
- rn Ll (R1)õ
N
B/ SNNrAri
33
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
I
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Ring A is a 3-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated carbocyclic ring
or a 4-7 membered
saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
n is 0-4;
each Rl is independently -R, halogen, ¨CN, ¨NO2, ¨OR, -CH2OR, -
SR, -N(R)2, -SO2R, -SO2N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -CO2R, ¨C(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)-0R, -
NRC(0)0R, -NRC(0)N(R)2, Cy, or -NRSO2R, or Rl is selected from one of the
following
formulas:
,R 0 R 0
-1-NN, _.-1-L -1-Ni
kCH2)1-4 NR2 µ(CH2)1-4 R ; Or
two Rl groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an
optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur;
each Cy is an optionally substituted ring selected from a 3-7 membered
saturated or partially
unsaturated carbocyclic ring or a 4-7 membered saturated or partially
unsaturated
heterocyclic ring having 1-3 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, or
sulfur;
each R is independently hydrogen, or an optionally substituted group selected
from C1_6
aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7 membered saturated or partially unsaturated
heterocyclic having 1-2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or 5-6
membered
heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen,
oxygen, or
sulfur, or:
two R groups on the same nitrogen are taken together with their intervening
atoms to
form a 4-7 membered saturated, partially unsaturated, or heteroaryl ring
having 0-3
heteroatoms, in addition to the nitrogen, independently selected from
nitrogen,
oxygen, or sulfur;
Ring B is a 4-8 membered partially unsaturated carbocyclic fused ring; or a 4-
7 membered
partially unsaturated heterocyclic fused ring having 1-2 heteroatoms selected
from nitrogen,
34
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
oxygen, or sulfur; wherein said Ring B may be optionally substituted by one or
more oxo,
thiono, or imino groups;
m is 0-4;
p is 0-2;
[Ar] is an optionally substituted phenyl or heteroaromatic ring;
Ll is a covalent bond or a C1_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain wherein one or two
methylene units of
the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -NR-, -N(R)C(0)-, -
C(0)N(R)-
, -N(R)S02-, -SO2N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -S-, -SO- or -SO2-;
each L2 is independently a covalent bond or a Ci_6 bivalent hydrocarbon chain
wherein one or
two methylene units of the chain are optionally and independently replaced by -
NR-, -
N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)S02-, -SO2N(R)-, -0-, -C(0)-, -0C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -S-
, -SO-
or -SO2-;
each R4
is independently halogen, ¨CN, ¨NO2, ¨OR, -
SR, -N(R)2, -SO2R, -SO2N(R)2, -SOR, -C(0)R, -CO2R, ¨C(0)N(R)2, -NRC(0)R, -
NRC(0)N(R)2, -C(0)N(R)OR, -N(R)C(0)0R, -N(R)S(0)2N(R)2, -NRSO2R, or an
optionally
substituted group selected from C1_6 aliphatic, phenyl, 4-7 membered saturated
or partially
unsaturated heterocyclic having 1-2 heteroatoms independently selected from
nitrogen,
oxygen, or sulfur, or 5-6 membered heteroaryl ring having 1-4 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, or:
two -L2(R4)p-R4 groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form
an optionally
substituted 4-7 membered fused, spiro-fused, or bridged bicyclic ring having 0-
2
heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur.
[00101] Exemplary compounds of the invention are set forth in Table 1, below.
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
Table 1. Exemplary Compounds
ro I
0
HN's.
q----2N ei
, *
0 N N S N N
H H
I-1 1-2
ro ro
HN HN
SNN F S N N
H H
1-3 1-4
ro ro
HN HN
S N N e S N N
H H
1-5 I-6
ro ro
HN HN
/ 1 11 el QDCLN 0-1
1 )
S N N SNNN
H H
I-7 I-8
36
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
r0 r0
N
HN HN
1 A ?
S NNO S N N
H H
1-9 I-10
(0 r0
eaõN io.õN
HN HN
S NNN SNNN
H H H H
I-11 1-12
I
Olfass'il r NH Ol
/
I\1) I 0
1 N-
S N N S N N
H H
1-13 1-14
HNC HNI S N N --
H H
1-15 1-16
I I
0 0
H2N H2N
0 0 r NH
0 Ilk N 0 1\1.)
*
S NN S N N
H H
37
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
1-17 1-18
I I
0
0 #0 ,N Me ifo.õN
H2N N H2N
0 NJ 0
e/ 1 'Y . Ilk N 4/-N
S N N S N N
H H
1-19 1-20
I 1
0 0
eo.õN 00,,N
H2N H2N-1(
F 0
/
/ I (j11\1 I NiN
[I-41)N
X.,.; 1 N
S N N S N N
H H
1-21 1-22
I I
0 N Me 0
1-12N ic 1-12N-jc
la NO
: 0
/ 1 = / 1 :Li 0
S N N S N N
H H
1-23 1-24
(-_,
r0
0 N._.../
H2N-k
: 0 C5
/ HN's
N )\1,
tNN
S N N
----Q _ --N
H
S H
1-25 1-26
38
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
("0\ _______________________________________________________ CO\
N---1 N---/
t HN t HN N
NO sS
=
S t H S 1\11i\\11\1----1
----N
1-27 1-28
CO\ (-0\
N --../ N --I
0
HN N 0 N
-..._N
N_liN1H
--- --- 0 / ---N
S
---N H S "--N H
1-291-30
(-0, (-0\
,/ N...._./
N----11-j-
---
S N H S
1-31 1-32
r-O\
\
N--/
(..__.c
0)----/ N HN N
)-
---N H
N H S
S
1-33 1-34
39
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
\ \
N-- ,\N--
(15
d 0 N
N H
S
S --N H
1-35 1-36
\ \
N-- N--
r_c ,
t or\\,,_NL
S 0 N
0 / csN
--NI H S --NI H
1-37 1-38
\ \
N-- N
, ----
),
:D.
HN N HN N
0
)_\_____-__.N --N..___)
S S NH
/
/ - 0 / N
---N H ---N H
1-39 1-40
(---0\ Co\
J\1---/ N--.1
01H
0 (1:15
0'
H2N
N--
/
----N S.......N .
& H S --N N
----N H
S ----N
1-41 1-42
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
\ \
N-- N--
H2N N10
,C5 NH2 (115
/ N
----N H
S ---N H
S
1-43 1-44
0 \
d
N--
0 (15
___/,_1._ 0
H2N \N-- HN'
N H2N
/
' \\ ---N1 / N N__
/ ,---N
--N H
S --N H
S
1-45 1-46
r
\
0\
---/
N--
N
C5
0
0 (15
___/,HNsµ HN N__
H2N r\I---( H2N
N
/ \\ --14
--N H S
S
1-471-48
r, ,
N--
N--/
HN
H2N
C5
0 C-5 0
.__ N
0' __
H2N
----a__-- N .N.._ ,N / \\ )----=Ni
/ N
---N H S ----N H
S
1-49 1-50
41
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
r0\ ________________________ r 0,
N--/ ,N--../
HN N HN N
/
0 / ---NI 0 / ¨.--N
1-511-52
r0\ r 0\
,N--./ N--/
HNii): (5
NiS ........iNH
/ N
/ N
0 / ---/-----1 0 / \)--N
---N H
1-53 1-54
\ \
(15
HNli)s
HNss Ns N
0 / ----N 0 / ----N
1-55 1-56
\ \
N-- N--.
(5
H HNI:)
IV' Ns N
0 / ----N 0 / ---N
1-57 1-58
42
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
rO\ _______________________ (-0\
\N--/ N---/
0 N 0 N
....___,...P
0 / \)--N
---N H
S ---N H
S
1-59 1-60
(-0\ (-0\
N---/ N--/
ON
0 N
Q t S
N\1)---N¨j
S 0 /
N H ---N H
1-61 1-62
\ \
r....õ.õ
C5
cf N 0)----/ f2/0
N N
0 / ----N 0 / \)--N
----N H
S ---1\1 H
S
1-63 1-64
\ \
N-- N---
s.
N
...___INNH N N
0 / ----N
S
--N H S --N H
1-65 1-66
43
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
1 1
HN N 0 rie
.)
/ 1 ' I\1
11 0
I
S N N S N N
H H
1-67 1-68
I r0
HN rie
HN NH
/ 0 NI")
/ 1 '1 0
I
S N N S N N
H H
1-69 1-70
I 1
HN NH HN
0
N--
S N N S N N
H H
1-71 1-72
r0 r0
=
0 HN
Ni
õ... N---
S N N S N N
H H
1-73 1-74
44
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
, ______________________________________________________ ro
0 0.0N
1-11\r'
HN
S
/ / 1 N1\1 NXj,
I
N
S ' '
S N 11 H
1-75 1-76
ro ro
H Nrs" H N
H H
1-77 1-78
ro ro
H N H N
S N N S NNN
H H
1-79 1-80
ro ro
H N H NI's.
S N---- - N -1.)---
SNNN
H H
1-81 1-82
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
ro ro
0.0N
H NI's. H N
C F3
/ 1 1 N H / I 1\11 \I/1\1---CN H
S N N
SNNN
H H
1-83 1-84
rc, ro
H N HN
Y-----
H H
1-85 1-86
ro ro
c.õN)
HN H N
0 _____
/ 1 ' N r N.N
SNN S N N
H H
1-87 1-88
ro ro
0,N,)
H IV. H N
0
* L..;N
S N N H C 0 OH
H H
1-89 1-90
46
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
ro 1
.0AN
HN HN"
H
r-14 1:CLI\I r--N,
H H
1-91 1-92
ro ro
0,I\1) eas,N)
HIV. HN
/ 1 N r- c ' \ l/ '
N----0
S N N S N N
H H
1-93 1-94
ro ro
cr,1\1)
HN NW.
S N N S N N
H H
1-95 1-96
ro ro
ecoN 0
H2Nic
0 : 0
S N N S NI% N
H H
1-97 1-98
47
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
ro ro
HO -N cri.N.)
NW'.
F 0
/
r-N Og..õ.,LN
?NH
S---N- N N
H H
1-99 1-100
rc, ro
crioN)
NW. HN
0 / ,...N _Ns 1
Og............
S \ N
S N N
'Thr N -.---
H H
1-101 1-102
ro ro
HN HN
0 / 1 N ____Nk OQ. II ,.....), , N
S N N
X/
N----00 / S 1 N N 0 Ls
N--.---
H H
1-103 1-104
ro ro
HN rTh HN0
/ 1 N Cr\i/s ______________________________ / I IN ZN
SNN \O S NN--
H H
1-105 1-106
48
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
F F
HN HNµµ.
i----- r-----
N
H H
1-107 1-108
r0 r0
0 N N.)
H2N.
HN
S NN N- S NN
H H
1-109 I-110
r0 r0
0,1\1)
HI\Pµs' OH
7----/
0Q................,..L N
L'N___c,,0
s
H H
I-111 1-112
HN HN
qD N 4-N;
I N-0
H H
1-113 1-114
[00102] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a compound set
forth in Table
1, above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof In some embodiments,
the present
49
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
invention provides a compound set forth in Table 1, above, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof, wherein the compound is not 1-75:
I
N
s. ---
HN
S N H 1-75.
[00103] Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed
that proximity of
an inhibitor compound, or pendant moiety of an inhibitor compound, to the
water of interest
facilitates displacement or disruption of that water by the inhibitor
compound, or pendant moiety
of an inhibitor compound. In some embodiments, a water molecule displaced or
disrupted by an
inhibitor compound, or pendant moiety of an inhibitor compound, is an unstable
water molecule.
[00104] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a complex
comprising IRAK-
4 and an inhibitor, wherein at least one unstable water of IRAK-4 is displaced
or disrupted by the
inhibitor. In some embodiments, at least two unstable waters selected are
displaced or disrupted
by the inhibitor.
4. General Methods of Providing the Present Compounds
[00105] The compounds of this invention may be prepared or isolated in general
by synthetic
and/or semi-synthetic methods known to those skilled in the art for analogous
compounds and by
methods described in detail in the Examples, herein. Methods and intermediates
of the present
invention are useful for preparing compounds as described in, e.g. United
States patent
application serial number 61/734,133, filed December 6, 2012, in the name of
Harriman et al.,
the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.
[00106] In the Schemes below, where a particular protecting group, leaving
group, or
transformation condition is depicted, one of ordinary skill in the art will
appreciate that other
protecting groups, leaving groups, and transformation conditions are also
suitable and are
contemplated. Such groups and transformations are described in detail in
March's Advanced
Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, M. B. Smith and J.
March, 5th
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2001, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, R. C.
Larock, 2'd
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, and Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis,
T. W. Greene
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, the entirety of each
of which is hereby
incorporated herein by reference.
[00107] As used herein, the phrase "oxygen protecting group" includes, for
example, carbonyl
protecting groups, hydroxyl protecting groups, etc. Hydroxyl protecting groups
are well known
in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in
Organic Synthesis, T. W.
Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, the entirety
of which is
incorporated herein by reference. Examples of suitable hydroxyl protecting
groups include, but
are not limited to, esters, allyl ethers, ethers, silyl ethers, alkyl ethers,
arylalkyl ethers, and
alkoxyalkyl ethers. Examples of such esters include formates, acetates,
carbonates, and
sulfonates. Specific examples include formate, benzoyl formate, chloroacetate,
trifluoroacetate,
methoxyacetate, triphenylmethoxyacetate, p-chlorophenoxyacetate, 3-
phenylpropionate, 4-
oxopentanoate, 4,4-(ethylenedithio)pentanoate, pivaloate (trimethylacetyl),
crotonate, 4-
methoxy-crotonate, benzoate, p-benylbenzoate, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoate,
carbonates such as
methyl, 9-fluorenylmethyl, ethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2-
(trimethylsilyl)ethyl, 2-
(phenylsulfonyl)ethyl, vinyl, allyl, and p-nitrobenzyl. Examples of such silyl
ethers include
trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl,
triisopropylsilyl, and other
trialkylsilyl ethers. Alkyl ethers include methyl, benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl,
3,4-
dimethoxybenzyl, trityl, t-butyl, allyl, and allyloxycarbonyl ethers or
derivatives. Alkoxyalkyl
ethers include acetals such as methoxymethyl, methylthiomethyl, (2-
methoxyethoxy)methyl,
benzyloxymethyl, beta-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl, and tetrahydropyranyl
ethers. Examples of
arylalkyl ethers include benzyl, p-methoxybenzyl (MPM), 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, 0-
nitrobenzyl,
p-nitrobenzyl, p-halobenzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, p-cyanobenzyl, and 2- and 4-
picolyl.
[00108] Amino protecting groups are well known in the art and include those
described in
detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M.
Wuts, 3'd edition,
John Wiley & Sons, 1999, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by
reference. Suitable
amino protecting groups include, but are not limited to, aralkylamines,
carbamates, cyclic
imides, allyl amines, amides, and the like. Examples of such groups include t-
butyloxycarbonyl
(BOC), ethyloxycarbonyl, methyloxycarbonyl, trichloroethyloxycarbonyl,
allyloxycarbonyl
(Alloc), benzyloxocarbonyl (CBZ), allyl, phthalimide, benzyl (Bn),
fluorenylmethylcarbonyl
(Fmoc), formyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, dichloroacetyl, trichloroacetyl,
phenylacetyl,
trifluoroacetyl, benzoyl, and the like. In certain embodiments, the amino
protecting group of the
51
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Rm moiety is phthalimido. In still other embodiments, the amino protecting
group of the Rl
moiety is a tert-butyloxycarbonyl (BOC) group. In certain embodiments, the
amino protecting
group is a sulphone (SO2R).
[00109] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention wherein m
is 1 are
generally prepared according to Scheme I set forth below:
Scheme I
RA102c 0 RA102c H2N s
NC
`-)ORA2 s I 0
CN
_õ. , RA202c
E0 0¨CO2R cyclization
condensation A2
S-2
G-1 S-1 G-2 G-3 CO2RA1
HO N s LG N s LG N s
1
urea
, N I 0N I / I /
________________________________ 3. ..,. 0 ¨0.- N ....õ
cyclization leaving group hydrolysis
S-3 OH S-4 LG S-5 LG
G-4 CO2RA1 G-5 CO2RA1 G-6 CO2H
0 L1H
LG N s LG N s
1 n
chiral I )
/
(R1
_______________________________ > 1\1 I ti amine r N 0
resolution acidification LG displacement
S-6 LG i S-7 LG i S-8
e
0-7 CO2 0-8 -CO2H
H
LG N sA N s
I /
N [Ar]-N H2 [Pkr] 1
N.... /
0
___________________________________ w _____________________________ w
. LG L1 displacement amidation
: S-9
-. co2H co2H
s_10
(R1)n CO G-9 (R1) co L1 õ G-10
H
A N
[Ar] s1
N
(R1)n III IG-11/1\111C N H2
L1 zz
52
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00110] In Scheme I above, each of n, [Ar], LG, R15 RA15 RA2, L15 Ring A, and
Ring B is as
defined above and below and in classes and subclasses as described herein.
[00111] In one aspect, the present invention provides methods for preparing
chiral compounds
of formula G-10 according to the steps depicted in Scheme 1, above. In some
embodiments, at
step S-1, a cyclic ketone of formula G-1 containing a Ring B is reacted with a
cyanoacetic acid
ester, or an equivalent thereof, to effect a condensation and dehydration
reaction to form an
olefin of formula G-2. In certain embodiments, the condensation reaction is
performed in the
presence of an amine and an acid. In some embodiments the base is HMDS
(hexamethyldisilazane). In some embodiments the acid is acetic acid. In some
embodiments, the
S-1 reaction is performed without additional solvent. In some embodiments the
cyclic ketone is
cyclopentanone. In some embodiments the cyclic ketone is a cyclohexanone. In
some
embodiments, the cyclic ketone is a pyranone. In some embodiments RA1 is a
C1_6 alkyl group.
In some embodiments RA1 is ethyl. In some embodiments RA2 is a Ci_6 alkyl
group. In some
embodiments RA2 is ethyl.
[00112] In some embodiments, step S-2 comprises contacting a compound of
formula G-2
with elemental sulfur in the presence of an amine to form a compound of
formula G-3. In some
embodiments the amine is dimethylamine. In some embodiments step S-2 is
performed with an
alcohol as solvent. In some embodiments, the solvent is ethanol. In some
embodiments steps
S-1 and S-2 are performed without an intermediate purification of compound G-
2.
[00113] In some embodiments, step S-3 comprises contacting the intermediate of
formula G-3
with formamide to form a thienopyrimidine compound of formula G-4. In some
embodiments
the reaction further comprises contacting the reaction mixture with
formamidine acetate.
[00114] In some embodiments, step S-4 comprises contacting the compound of
formula G-4
with a reagent to convert the hydroxyl group into a leaving group LG. In some
embodiments LG
is a halogen. In some embodiments LG is chlorine. In some embodiments LG is a
sulfonate. In
some embodiments the reagent used to convert the hydroxyl group into LG is
phosphorus
oxychloride. In some embodiments step S-4 is performed in a solvent. In some
embodiments
the solvent is acetonitrile. In some embodiments step S-4 is performed without
additional
solvent.
[00115] In some embodiments step S-5 comprises contacting a compound of
formula G-5
with a reagent to convert the ester group into a carboxylic acid, thereby
forming a compound of
53
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
formula G-6. In some embodiments the deesterification reagent is a base. In
some embodiments
the base is lithium hydroxide. In some embodiments the reagent is an acid. In
some
embodiments the reaction is performed in aqueous solvent.
In some embodiments
tetrahydrofuran is employed as a cosolvent. In some embodiments the reaction
mixture further
comprises TEAC (tetraethylammonium chloride) as a catalyst. In some
embodiments the TEAC
is present in substoichiometric amounts. In some embodiments step S-5 further
comprises
acidifying the crude reaction to obtain the free acid.
[00116] One of skill in the art will appreciate that compounds of formulae G-
1, G-2, G-3, G-
4, G-5, and G-6 contain a stereocenter, and are present as an racemic mixture.
One of skill in the
art will also appreciate that there are many methods known in the art for the
separation of
enantiomers to obtain enantioenriched or enantiopure isomers of those
compounds, including but
not limited to chiral HPLC, fractional crystallization of diastereomeric
salts, kinetic enzymatic
resolution (e.g. by fungal-, bacterial-, or animal-derived lipases or
esterases), and formation of
covalent diastereomeric derivatives using an enantioenriched reagent. In some
embodiments, the
enantiomers of a compound of formula G-5 are resolved by the action of lipase
enzymes.
[00117] In some embodiments step S-6 comprises contacting a racemic compound
of formula
G-6 with a chiral agent to form a mixture of diastereomeric salts. The
resulting diastereomeric
mixture is then separated by suitable means to obtain a compound of formula G-
7. Such suitable
means for separating diastereomeric mixtures are well known to one of ordinary
skill in the art
and include, but are not limited to, those methods described herein. It will
be appreciated that,
depending upon the chiral agent used, there may be one or more basic moieties
present. In
certain embodiments, the chiral base has two basic moieties as with, for
example, 1,2-
diphenylethane-1,2-diamine. In some embodiments the chiral agent is an
enantioenriched
monoamine. In some embodiments the chiral agent is selected from 1-
phenethylamine,
aminobutanol, phenylglycinol, p-methoxyb
enzyl- 1 -phenethylamine, cinchonine, p-
dimethylaminobenzy1-1 -phenethylamine, quinidine, cinchonidine, quinine,
ephedrine, and
norephedrine. In some embodiments the chiral agent is selected from
cinchonine, cinchonidine,
and ephedrine. In some embodiments the chiral agent is cinchonine. In some
embodiments the
chiral agent is cinchonidine. In some embodiments the chiral agent is
ephedrine. In some
embodiments the chiral agent is (-)-ephedrine.
54
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00118] Accordingly, one of ordinary skill in the art would appreciate that a
compound of
formula G-6 may form a hemi salt with said bi-functional chiral agent. As used
herein, the term
"hemi salt" refers to an adduct having two molecules of a compound of formula
G-6 to each
molecule of chiral acid. Alternatively, the resulting salt may have a one-to-
one mixture chiral
acid to a compound of formula G-6. In certain embodiments, the present
invention provides a
compound comprises equal molar amounts of the chiral agent to an acid of
formula G-6.
Furthermore, one of skill in the art that following resolution of the
diastereomeric mixture of
salts (e.g. by fractional crystallization), an enantioenriched salt is
obtained from both the
crystalline fraction and from the mother liquor. Accordingly, in some
embodiments, the present
invention provides a compound of formula G-7 wherein said compound comprises a
molecule of
a compound of formula G-8 in its salt form together with one or more molecules
of the chiral
agent. In some embodiments, the salt compound of formula G-7 comprises one
molecule of a
compound of formula G-8 together with one molecule of a chiral agent. In some
embodiments,
the salt compound of formula G-7 is a hemi salt comprising two molecules of a
compound of
formula G-8 together with one molecule of a dibasic chiral agent. In some
embodiments, the
compound of formula G-7 is a cinchonine salt, a cinchonidine salt, or an
ephedrine salt.
[00119] In some embodiments the method of chiral resolution step S-6 comprises
contacting a
compound of formula G-6 with a chiral agent in a solvent. In some embodiments
the chiral
agent is selected from cinchonine, cinchonidine, and ephedrine. In some
embodiments the
solvent is an alcohol. In some embodiments the solvent is isopropanol. In some
embodiments
the mixture is heated. In some embodiments the solution is supersaturated. In
some
embodiments the reaction is seeded with a crystal. In some embodiments the
resulting crystal
mass is recrystallized from isopropanol.
[00120] When the chiral agent is a chiral amine, the compound of formula G-7,
in step S-7, is
treated with a suitable acid to form the enantioenriched free acid compound G-
8. Free acids
according to the invention are also prepared, for example, by contacting a
compound of formula
G-7 with a suitable acid in the presence of a solvent suitable for free acid
formation. Such
suitable acids include strong inorganic acids, i.e., those that completely
dissociate in water. In
certain embodiments, the acid is added in an amount of at least about 1 mol.
eq. and, in other
embodiments, in an amount of at least about 1 mol. eq. to about 2 mol. eq.
relative to the
compound of formula G-7. Examples of such acids include mineral acids,
sulfonic acids, and
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
combinations thereof In some embodiments, the suitable acid is hydrochloric
acid. In some
embodiments, the solvent used to extract the free acid formed is an organic
solvent.
[00121] Examples of solvents suitable for use during free base formation at
step S-7 include
polar solvents such as alkyl alcohols, such as C1 to C4 alcohols (e.g.
ethanol, methanol, 2-
propanol), water, dioxane, or THF (tetrahydrofuran) or combinations thereof In
certain
embodiments, the suitable solvent is a C1 to C4 alcohol such as methanol,
ethanol, 2-propanol,
water, or combination thereof. According to one aspect of the present
invention, aqueous
hydrochloric acid is used at step S-7. According to another aspect of the
present invention, the
free base formation at step S-7 is performed in a bi-phasic mixture of
solvents whereby the
compound of formula G-8, as it is formed, is extracted into an organic layer.
Thus, a suitable bi-
phasic mixture of solvents includes an aqueous solvent and a non-miscible
organic solvent. Such
non-miscible organic solvents are well known to one of ordinary skill in the
art and include
halogenated hydrocarbon solvents (e.g. dichloromethane and chloroform),
benzene and
derivatives thereof (e.g. toluene), esters (e.g. ethyl acetate and isopropyl
acetate), and ethers (e.g.
MTBE, THF and derivatives thereof, glyme, and diglyme) and the like. In
certain embodiments,
the free acid formation at step S-7 is performed in a bi-phasic mixture
comprising aqueous
hydrochloric acid and dichloromethane. In some embodiments, the suitable acid
is water soluble
such that the reaction is performed in a mixture of dichloromethane and a
suitable aqueous acid,
such as aqueous hydrochloric acid.
[00122] At step S-8, displacement of LG of the chiral compound G-8 affords a
compound of
formula G-9. In certain embodiments, step S-8 comprises contacting a compound
of formula
G-8 with a compound of the formula
0 Ll H
(R1), ; wherein
Ll, Rl, Ring A, and n are defined above and below and in classes and
subclasses as described
herein.
[00123] In some embodiments Ll is selected from 0- and ¨NH-, such that
together with the
hydrogen filling the open valence, L1H denotes an ¨OH or ¨NH2 group. In some
embodiments
L1H is ¨OH. In some embodiments L1H is ¨NH2.
[00124] In some embodiments n is 0-4. In some embodiments n is 1-4. In some
embodiments
n is 1.
56
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00125] In some embodiments Rl is ¨NR2. In some embodiments Rl is
dimethylamino. In
some embodiments Rl is morpholino. In some embodiments, Ring A is piperidine.
In some
embodiments Ring A is cyclohexyl.
[00126] In some embodiments step S-8 further comprises contacting the reaction
mixture with
a base. In some embodiments the base is sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide. In
some
embodiments the reaction further comprises a solvent. In some embodiments the
solvent is THF.
[00127] In some embodiments step S-9 comprises contacting a compound of
formula G-9
with a compound of formula [Ar]-NH2, thereby forming a compound of formula G-
10. In some
embodiments step S-9 further comprises contacting the reaction mixture with a
base. In some
embodiments step S-9 further comprises contacting the reaction mixture with a
palladium
catalyst. In some embodiments [Ar] is an optionally substituted phenyl or
heteroaromatic ring.
In some embodiments [Ar] is an optionally substituted phenyl ring. In some
embodiments [Ar]
is an optionally substituted heteroaromatic ring. In some embodiments [Ar] is
an optionally
substituted 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1-2 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
[00128] In some embodiments step S-10 comprises contacting a compound of
formula G-10
with an amidating reagent system, thereby forming a compound of formula G-11.
In some
embodiments the amidating reagent system comprises thionyl chloride and
ammonia. In some
embodiments step S-10 further comprises use of a solvent. In some embodiments
the solvent is
methanol. In some embodiments step S-10 comprises contacting a compound of
formula G-10
first with an activating reagent, and second with ammonia. In some embodiments
the activating
reagent is thionyl chloride.
[00129] As used herein, the term "diastereomeric salt" refers to the adduct of
a chiral
compound of formula G-6 with a chiral base.
[00130] As used herein, the term "enantiomeric salt" refers to the salt of the
resolved chiral
compound of formula G-8, wherein said compound of formula G-8 is enriched in
one
enantiomer. As used herein, the term "enantiomerically enriched", as used
herein signifies that
one enantiomer makes up at least 80% or 85% of the preparation. In certain
embodiments, the
term enantiomerically enriched signifies that at least 90% of the preparation
is one of the
enantiomers. In other embodiments, the term signifies that at least 95% of the
preparation is one
57
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
of the enantiomers. In other embodiments, the term signifies that at least 98%
of the preparation
is one of the enantiomers.
[00131] In certain embodiments, compounds of the present invention wherein m
is 0 are
generally prepared according to Scheme II set forth below:
Scheme II
0 H2N s
NC)LoRA2 S I 0
CN
E0 ____________________ =
13 ________________________________________ cyclization S-2, RA2020
condensation CO2RA2
H-1 S-1 H-2 H-3
L1H
HO )\1 s LG N s
(R1)õ
urea YN /A. ___________________________
N
cyclization 11011 leaving group = LG
displacement
S-3 OH S-4 LG S-5
H-4 H-5
LG N s[Ar] A N s
I [Ar]-1\1H2 I 0
N
LG displacement
L1 S-9 L1
(R1)n = H-6 (R1), = H-7
[00132] In Scheme II above, each of n, [Ar], LG, R1, RA25 L',
Ring A, and Ring B is as
defined above and below and in classes and subclasses as described herein.
[00133] In one aspect, the present invention provides methods for preparing
compounds of
formula H-7 according to the steps depicted in Scheme 1, above. In some
embodiments, at step
5-1, a cyclic ketone of formula H-1 containing a Ring B is reacted with a
cyanoacetic acid ester,
or an equivalent thereof, to effect a condensation and dehydration reaction to
form an olefin of
formula H-2. In certain embodiments, the condensation reaction is performed in
the presence of
an amine and an acid. In some embodiments the base is HMDS
(hexamethyldisilazane). In some
embodiments the acid is acetic acid. In some embodiments, the S-1 reaction is
performed without
additional solvent. In some embodiments the cyclic ketone is cyclopentanone.
In some
58
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
embodiments the cyclic ketone is a cyclohexanone. In some embodiments, the
cyclic ketone is a
pyranone. In some embodiments RA2 is a C1_6 alkyl group. In some embodiments
RA2 is ethyl.
[00134] In some embodiments, step S-2 comprises contacting a compound of
formula H-2
with elemental sulfur in the presence of an amine to form a compound of
formula H-3. In some
embodiments the amine is dimethylamine. In some embodiments step S-2 is
performed with an
alcohol as solvent. In some embodiments, the solvent is ethanol. In some
embodiments steps
S-1 and S-2 are performed without an intermediate purification of compound H-
2.
[00135] In some embodiments, step S-3 comprises contacting the intermediate of
formula H-3
with urea to form a thienopyrimidine compound of formula H-4. In some
embodiments the
reaction further comprises contacting the reaction mixture with formamidine
acetate.
[00136] In some embodiments, step S-4 comprises contacting the compound of
formula H-4
with a reagent to convert the hydroxyl groups into leaving groups LG, thereby
forming a
compound of formula H-5. In some embodiments LG is a halogen. In some
embodiments LG is
chlorine. In some embodiments LG is a sulfonate. In some embodiments the
reagent used to
convert the hydroxyl group into LG is phosphorus oxychloride. In some
embodiments step S-4
is performed in a solvent. In some embodiments the solvent is acetonitrile. In
some
embodiments step S-4 is performed without additional solvent.
[00137] At step S-5, displacement of LG of compound H-5 affords a compound of
formula
H-6. In certain embodiments, step S-5 comprises contacting a compound of
formula H-5 with a
compound of the formula
0 Ll H
(R1), ; wherein
Ll, Rl, Ring A, and n are defined above and below and in classes and
subclasses as described
herein.
[00138] In some embodiments Ll is selected from 0- and ¨NH-, such that
together with the
hydrogen filling the open valence, L1H denotes an ¨OH or ¨NH2 group. In some
embodiments
L1H is ¨OH. In some embodiments L1H is ¨NH2.
[00139] In some embodiments n is 0-4. In some embodiments n is 1-4. In some
embodiments
n is 1.
59
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00140] In some embodiments Rl is ¨NR2. In some embodiments Rl is
dimethylamino. In
some embodiments Rl is morpholino. In some embodiments, Ring A is piperidine.
In some
embodiments Ring A is cyclohexyl.
[00141] In some embodiments step S-5 further comprises contacting the reaction
mixture with
a base. In some embodiments the base is sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide. In
some
embodiments the reaction further comprises a solvent. In some embodiments the
solvent is THF.
[00142] In some embodiments step S-6 comprises contacting a compound of
formula H-6
with a compound of formula [Ar]-NH2, thereby forming a compound of formula H-
7. In some
embodiments step S-6 further comprises contacting the reaction mixture with a
base. In some
embodiments step S-6 further comprises contacting the reaction mixture with a
palladium
catalyst. In some embodiments [Ar] is an optionally substituted phenyl or
heteroaromatic ring.
In some embodiments [Ar] is an optionally substituted phenyl ring. In some
embodiments [Ar]
is an optionally substituted heteroaromatic ring. In some embodiments [Ar] is
an optionally
substituted 5-6 membered heteroaromatic ring containing 1-2 heteroatoms
independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
[00143] One of skill in the art will appreciate that various functional groups
present in
compounds of the invention such as aliphatic groups, alcohols, carboxylic
acids, esters, amides,
aldehydes, halogens and nitriles can be interconverted by techniques well
known in the art
including, but not limited to reduction, oxidation, esterification,
hydrolysis, partial oxidation,
partial reduction, halogenation, dehydration, partial hydration, and
hydration. "March's
Advanced Organic Chemistry", 5th Ed., Ed.: Smith, M.B. and March, J., John
Wiley & Sons,
New York: 2001, the entirety of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Such
interconversions may require one or more of the aforementioned techniques, and
certain methods
for synthesizing compounds of the invention are described below in the
Exemplification.
5. Uses, Formulation and Administration
Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions
[00144] According to another embodiment, the invention provides a composition
comprising
a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable derivative
thereof and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle. The amount of
compound in
compositions of this invention is such that is effective to measurably inhibit
an IRAK protein
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
kinase, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or in a patient. In
certain embodiments, the
amount of compound in compositions of this invention is such that is effective
to measurably
inhibit an IRAK protein kinase, or a mutant thereof, in a biological sample or
in a patient. In
certain embodiments, a composition of this invention is formulated for
administration to a patient
in need of such composition. In some embodiments, a composition of this
invention is
formulated for oral administration to a patient.
[00145] The term "patient," as used herein, means an animal, preferably a
mammal, and most
preferably a human.
[00146] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle"
refers to a non-
toxic carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle that does not destroy the pharmacological
activity of the
compound with which it is formulated. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers,
adjuvants or
vehicles that may be used in the compositions of this invention include, but
are not limited to,
ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as
human serum
albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium
sorbate, partial
glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or
electrolytes, such as
protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate,
sodium
chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl
pyrrolidone, cellulose-based
substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, polyacrylates,
waxes,
polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool
fat.
[00147] A "pharmaceutically acceptable derivative" means any non-toxic salt,
ester, salt of an
ester or other derivative of a compound of this invention that, upon
administration to a recipient,
is capable of providing, either directly or indirectly, a compound of this
invention or an
inhibitorily active metabolite or residue thereof
[00148] As used herein, the term "inhibitorily active metabolite or residue
thereof' means that
a metabolite or residue thereof is also an inhibitor of an IRAK protein
kinase, or a mutant
thereof
[00149] Compositions of the present invention may be administered orally,
parenterally, by
inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally or via an
implanted reservoir.
The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous,
intramuscular, intra-
articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic,
intralesional and intracranial
injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the compositions are
administered orally,
61
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
intraperitoneally or intravenously. Sterile injectable forms of the
compositions of this invention
may be aqueous or oleaginous suspension. These suspensions may be formulated
according to
techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and
suspending agents.
The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution
or suspension in a non-
toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in
1,3-butanediol.
Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water,
Ringer's solution
and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are
conventionally
employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
[00150] For this purpose, any bland fixed oil may be employed including
synthetic mono- or
di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives
are useful in the
preparation of injectables, as are natural pharmaceutically-acceptable oils,
such as olive oil or
castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions
or suspensions may
also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethyl
cellulose or
similar dispersing agents that are commonly used in the formulation of
pharmaceutically
acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly
used
surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans and other emulsifying agents or
bioavailability enhancers
which are commonly used in the manufacture of pharmaceutically acceptable
solid, liquid, or
other dosage forms may also be used for the purposes of formulation.
[00151] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may be
orally
administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited
to, capsules, tablets,
aqueous suspensions or solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use,
carriers commonly used
include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium
stearate, are also
typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents
include lactose and
dried cornstarch. When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the
active ingredient is
combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain
sweetening, flavoring or
coloring agents may also be added.
[00152] Alternatively, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this
invention may be
administered in the form of suppositories for rectal administration. These can
be prepared by
mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at
room temperature but
liquid at rectal temperature and therefore will melt in the rectum to release
the drug. Such
materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.
62
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00153] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be
administered
topically, especially when the target of treatment includes areas or organs
readily accessible by
topical application, including diseases of the eye, the skin, or the lower
intestinal tract. Suitable
topical formulations are readily prepared for each of these areas or organs.
[00154] Topical application for the lower intestinal tract can be effected in
a rectal
suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation.
Topically-transdermal
patches may also be used.
[00155] For topical applications, provided pharmaceutically acceptable
compositions may be
formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component suspended or
dissolved in one
or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration of compounds of this
invention include, but
are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum,
propylene glycol,
polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
Alternatively,
provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions can be formulated in a
suitable lotion or
cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more
pharmaceutically
acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include, but are not limited to,
mineral oil, sorbitan
monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-
octyldodecanol, benzyl
alcohol and water.
[00156] For ophthalmic use, provided pharmaceutically acceptable compositions
may be
formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline,
or, preferably, as
solutions in isotonic, pH adjusted sterile saline, either with or without a
preservative such as
benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, for ophthalmic uses, the
pharmaceutically acceptable
compositions may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
[00157] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention may also be
administered
by nasal aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to
techniques well-
known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation and may be prepared as
solutions in saline,
employing benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters
to enhance
bioavailability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional solubilizing or
dispersing agents.
[00158] Most preferably, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this
invention are
formulated for oral administration. Such formulations may be administered with
or without
food. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this
invention are
63
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
administered without food. In other embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable
compositions of
this invention are administered with food.
[00159] The amount of compounds of the present invention that may be combined
with the
carrier materials to produce a composition in a single dosage form will vary
depending upon the
host treated, the particular mode of administration. Preferably, provided
compositions should be
formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg body weight/day of the
inhibitor can be
administered to a patient receiving these compositions.
[00160] It should also be understood that a specific dosage and treatment
regimen for any
particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the
activity of the specific
compound employed, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, time of
administration, rate
of excretion, drug combination, and the judgment of the treating physician and
the severity of the
particular disease being treated. The amount of a compound of the present
invention in the
composition will also depend upon the particular compound in the composition.
Uses of Compounds and Pharmaceutically Acceptable Compositions
[00161] Compounds and compositions described herein are generally useful for
the inhibition
of kinase activity of one or more enzymes.
[00162] Examples of kinases that are inhibited by the compounds and
compositions described
herein and against which the methods described herein are useful include those
of the
interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinase (IRAK) family of kinases, the members
of which
include IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof Li et al., "IRAK-4: A
novel
member of the IRAK family with the properties of an IRAK-kinase," PNAS 2002,
99(8), 5567-
5572, Flannery et al., " The interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinases:
Critical regulators of
innate immune signaling" Biochem Pharm 2010, 80(12), 1981-1991 incorporated by
reference in
its entirety.
[00163] The activity of a compound utilized in this invention as an inhibitor
of IRAK-1,
IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, may be assayed in vitro, in vivo
or in a cell line. In
vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the
phosphorylation activity and/or
the subsequent functional consequences, or ATPase activity of activated IRAK-
1, IRAK-2,
and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof Alternate in vitro assays quantitate the
ability of the
inhibitor to bind to IRAK-1, IRAK-2 and/or IRAK-4. Inhibitor binding may be
measured by
64
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
radiolabeling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/IRAK-1,
inhibitor/IRAK-2, or
inhibitor/IRAK-4 complex and determining the amount of radiolabel bound.
Alternatively,
inhibitor binding may be determined by running a competition experiment where
new inhibitors
are incubated with IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4 bound to known radioligands.
Representative in vitro and in vivo assays useful in assaying an IRAK-4
inhibitor include those
described and disclosed in, e.g., Kim et al., "A critical role for IRAK4
kinase activity in Toll-like
receptor-mediated innate immunity," J. Exp. Med. 2007 204(5), 1025-1036;
Lebakken et al., "A
Fluorescence Lifetime Based Binding Assay to Characterize Kinase Inhibitors,"
J. Biomol.
Screen. 2007, 12(6), 828-841; Maschera et al., "Overexpression of an
enzymatically inactive
interleukin-l-receptor-associated kinase activates nuclear factor-KB,"
Biochem. J. 1999, 339,
227-231; Song et al., "The kinase activities of interleukin-e receptor
associated kinase (IRAK)-1
and 4 are redundant in the control of inflammatory cytokine expression in
human cells," Mol.
Immunol. 2009, 46, 1458-1466, each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety.
Detailed conditions for assaying a compound utilized in this invention as an
inhibitor of IRAK-1,
IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, are set forth in the Examples
below.
[00164] The best characterized member of the IRAK family is the
serine/threonine kinase
IRAK-4. IRAK-4 is implicated in signaling innate immune responses from Toll-
like receptors
(TLRs) and Toll/IL-1 receptors (TIRs).
[00165] Innate immunity detects pathogens through the recognition of pathogen-
associated
molecular patterns by TLRs, when then links to the adaptive immune response.
TLRs recognize
conserved structures of both microbes and endogenous molecules. TLRs which
recognize
bacterial and fungal components are located on the cell surface, whereas TLRs
which recognize
viral or microbial nucleic acids are localized to intracellular membranes such
as endosomes and
phagosomes. Cell surface TLRs can be targeted by small molecules and
antibodies, whereas
intracellular TLRs require targeting with additional approaches.
[00166] TLRs mediate the innate immune response by upregulating the expression
of
inflammatory genes in multiple target cells. See, e.g., Sen et al.,
"Transcriptional signaling by
double-stranded RNA: role of TLR3," Cytokine & Growth Factor Rev. 2005, 16, 1-
14,
incorporated by reference in its entirety. While TLR-mediated inflammatory
response is critical
for innate immunity and host defense against infections, uncontrolled
inflammation is
detrimental to the host leading to sepsis and chronic inflammatory diseases,
such as chronic
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
arthritis, atherosclerosis, multiple sclerosis, cancers, autoimmune disorders
such as rheumatoid
arthritis, lupus, asthma, psoriasis, and inflammatory bowel diseases.
[00167] Upon binding of a ligand, most TLRs recruit the adaptor molecule MyD88
through
the TIR domain, mediating the MyD88-dependent pathway. MyD88 then recruits
IRAK-4,
which engages with the nuclear factor-KB (NF-KB), mitogen-activated protein
(MAP) kinase and
interferon-regulatory factor cascades and leads to the induction of pro-
inflammatory cytokines.
The activation of NF-KB results in the induction of inflammatory cytokines and
chemokines,
such as TNF-a, IL-1 a, IL-6 and IL-8. The kinase activity of IRAK-4 has been
shown to play a
critical role in the TLR-mediated immune and inflammatory responses. IRAK4 is
a key
mediator of the innate immune response orchestrated by interleukin-1 receptor
(IL-1R),
interleukin-18 receptor (IL-18R), IL-33 receptor (IL-33R), and Toll-like
receptors (TLRs).
Inactivation of IRAK-1 and/or IRAK-4 activity has been shown to result in
diminished
production of cytokines and chemokines in response to stimulation of IL-1 and
TLR ligands.
See, e.g., Picard et al., "Clinical features and outcome of patients with IRAK-
4 and MyD88
deficiency," Medicine (Baltimore), 2010, 89(6), 043-25; Li, "IRAK4 in TLR/IL-
1R signaling:
Possible clinical applications," Eur. J. Immunology 2008, 38:614-618; Cohen et
al., "Targeting
protein kinases for the development of anti-inflammatory drugs," Curr. Opin.
Cell Bio. 2009,
21:317-324; Flannery et al., "The interleukin-1 receptor-associated kinases:
Critical regulators of
innate immune signalling," Biochem. Pharm. 2010, 80(12), 1981-1991; Gottipati
et al., "IRAK1:
A critical signaling mediator of innate immunity," Cellular Signaling 2008,
20, 269-276; Kim et
al., "A critical role for IRAK4 kinase activity in Toll-like receptor-mediated
innate immunity," J.
Exp. Med. 2007 204(5), 1025-1036; Koziczak-Holbro et al., "IRAK-4 Kinase
Activity Is
Required for Interleukin-1 (IL-1) Receptor- and Toll-like Receptor 7-mediated
Signaling and
Gene Expression," J. Biol. Chem. 2007, 282(18), 13552-13560; Kubo-Murai et
al., "IRAK-4-
dependent Degradation of IRAK-1 is a Negative Feedback Signal for TLR-mediated
NF-KB
Activation," J. Biochem. 2008, 143, 295-302; Maschera et al., "Overexpression
of an
enzymatically inactive interleukin-1 -receptor-associated kinase activates
nuclear factor-KB,"
Biochem. J. 1999, 339, 227-231; Lin et al., "Helical assembly in the MyD88-
IRAK4-IRAK2
complex in TLR /IL-1R signalling," Nature 2010, 465(17), 885-891; Suzuki et
al., "IRAK-4 as
the central TIR signaling mediator in innate immunity," TRENDS in Immunol.
2002, 23(10),
503-506; Suzuki et al., "Severe impairment of interleukin-1 and Toll-like
receptor signalling in
66
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
mice lacking IRAK-4," Nature 2002, 416, 750-754; Swantek et al., "IL-1
Receptor-Associated
Kinase Modulates Host Responsiveness to Endotoxin," J. Immunol. 2000, 164,
4301-4306;
Hennessy, E., et al., "Targeting Toll-like receptors: emerging therapeutics?"
Nature Reviews,
vol. 9, pp: 293-307 (2010); Dinarello, C. "Interleukin-18 and the Pathogenesis
of Inflammatory
Diseases," Seminars in Nephrology, vol. 27, no. 1, pp: 98-114 (2007), each of
which is herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety. In fact, knockdown mice that
express a catalytically
inactive mutant IRAK-4 protein are completely resistant to septic shock and
show impaired IL-1
activity. Moreover, these mice are resistant to joint and bone
inflammation/destruction in an
arthritis model, suggesting that IRAK-4 may be targeted to treat chronic
inflammation. Further,
while IRAK-4 appears to be vital for childhood immunity against some pyogenic
bacteria, it has
been shown to play a redundant role in protective immunity to most infections
in adults, as
demonstrated by one study in which patients older than 14 lacking IRAK-4
activity exhibited no
invasive infections. Cohen et al., "Targeting protein kinases for the
development of anti-
inflammatory drugs," Curr. Opin. Cell Rio. 2009, 21:317-324; Ku et al.,
"Selective
predisposition to bacterial infections in IRAK-4-deficient children: IRAK-4-
dependent TLRs are
otherwise redundant in protective immunity," J. Exp. Med. 2007, 204(10), 2407-
2422; Picard et
al., "Inherited human IRAK-4 deficiency: an update," Immunol. Res. 2007, 38,
347-352; Song et
al., "The kinase activities of interleukin-e receptor associated kinase (IRAK)-
1 and 4 are
redundant in the control of inflammatory cytokine expression in human cells,"
Mol. Immunol.
2009, 46, 1458-1466; Rokosz, L. et al., "Kinase inhibitors as drugs for
chronic inflammatory and
immunological diseases: progress and challenges," Expert Opinions on
Therapeutic Targets,
12(7), pp: 883-903 (2008); Gearing, A. "Targeting toll-like receptors for drug
development: a
summary of commercial approaches," Immunology and Cell Biology, 85, pp: 490-
494 (2007);
Dinarello, C. "IL-1: Discoveries, controversies and future directions,"
European Journal of
Immunology, 40, pp: 595-653 (2010), each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in its
entirety. Because TLR activation triggers IRAK-4 kinase activity, IRAK-4
inhibition presents an
attractive target for treating the underlying causes of inflammation in
countless diseases.
[00168] Representative IRAK-4 inhibitors include those described and disclosed
in e.g.,
Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 3211-3214; Buckley et al.,
Bioorg. Med.
Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 3291-3295; Buckley et al., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett.
2008, 18, 3656-3660;
Powers et al., "Discovery and initial SAR of inhibitors of interleukin-1
receptor-associated
67
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
kinase-4," Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2006, 16, 2842-2845; Wng et al., "IRAK-4
Inhibitors for
Inflammation," Curr. Topics in Med. Chem. 2009, 9, 724-737, each of which is
herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00169] As used herein, the terms "treatment," "treat," and "treating" refer
to reversing,
alleviating, delaying the onset of, or inhibiting the progress of a disease or
disorder, or one or
more symptoms thereof, as described herein. In some embodiments, treatment may
be
administered after one or more symptoms have developed. In other embodiments,
treatment may
be administered in the absence of symptoms. For example, treatment may be
administered to a
susceptible individual prior to the onset of symptoms (e.g., in light of a
history of symptoms
and/or in light of genetic or other susceptibility factors). Treatment may
also be continued after
symptoms have resolved, for example to prevent or delay their recurrence.
[00170] Provided compounds are inhibitors of one of more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2,
and/or
IRAK-4 and are therefore useful for treating one or more disorders associated
with activity of
one or more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4. Thus, in certain embodiments,
the present
invention provides a method for treating a IRAK-1-mediated, a IRAK-2-mediated,
and/or a
IRAK-4-mediated disorder comprising the step of administering to a patient in
need thereof a
compound of the present invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable composition
thereof
[00171] As used herein, the terms "IRAK-1-mediated", "IRAK-2-mediated", and/or
"IRAK-
4-mediated" disorders, diseases, and/or conditions as used herein means any
disease or other
deleterious condition in which one or more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4,
or a mutant
thereof, are known to play a role. Accordingly, another embodiment of the
present invention
relates to treating or lessening the severity of one or more diseases in which
one or more of
IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, are known to play a role.
[00172] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method for
treating one or
more disorders, diseases, and/or conditions wherein the disorder, disease, or
condition is a
cancer, a neurodegenative disorder, a viral disease, an autoimmune disease, an
inflammatory
disorder, a hereditary disorder, a hormone-related disease, a metabolic
disorder, conditions
associated with organ transplantation, immunodeficiency disorders, a
destructive bone disorder,
a proliferative disorder, an infectious disease, a condition associated with
cell death, thrombin-
induced platelet aggregation, liver disease, pathologic immune conditions
involving T cell
activation, a cardiovascular disorder, or a CNS disorder.
68
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00173] Diseases and conditions treatable according to the methods of this
invention include,
but are not limited to, cancer (see, e.g., Ngo, V. et al., "Oncogenically
active MYD88 mutations
in human lymphoma," Nature, vol. 000, pp: 1-7 (2010); Lust, J. et al.,
"Induction of a Chronic
Disease State in patients With Smoldering of Indolent Multiple Myeloma by
Targeting
Interleukin 113-Induced Interleukin 6 Production and the Myeloma Proliferative
Component,"
Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 84(2), pp: 114-122 (2009)), diabetes, cardiovascular
disease, viral
disease, autoimmune diseases such as lupus (see, e.g., Dinarello, C. "
Interleukin-18 and the
Pathogenesis of Inflammatory Diseases," Seminars in Nephrology, vol. 27, no.
1, pp: 98-114
(2007); Cohen et al., "Targeting protein kinases for the development of anti-
inflammatory
drugs," Curr. Opin. Cell Rio. 2009, 21:317-324) and rheumatoid arthritis (see,
e.g., Geyer, M. et
al., "Actual status of antiinterleukin-1 therapies in rheumatic diseases,"
Current Opinion in
Rheumatology, 22, pp: 246-251 (2010)), autoinflammatory syndromes (see, e.g.,
Hoffman, H. et
al., "Efficacy and Safety of Rilonacept (Interleukin-1 Trap) in Patients with
Cryopyrin-
Associated Periodic Syndromes," Arthritis & Rheumatism, vol. 58, no. 8, pp:
2443-2452 (2008)),
atherosclerosis, psoriasis, allergic disorders, inflammatory bowel disease
(see, e.g., Cario, E.
"Therapeutic Impact of Toll-like Receptors on Inflammatory Bowel Diseases: A
Multiple-edged
Sword," Inflamm. Bowel Dis., 14, pp: 411-421 (2008)), inflammation (see, e.g.,
Dinarello, C.
"Interleukin 1 and interleukin 18 as mediators of inflammation and the aging
process, " The
American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 83, pp: 447S-455S (2006)), acute and
chronic gout and
gouty arthritis (see, e.g., Terkeltaub, R. "Update on gout: new therapeutic
strategies and
options," Nature, vol. 6, pp: 30-38 (2010); Weaver, A. "Epidemiology of gout,"
Cleveland Clinic
Journal of Medicine, vol. 75, suppl. 5, pp: S9-S12 (2008); Dalbeth, N. et al.,
"Hyperuricaemia
and gout: state of the art and future perspectives," Annals of Rheumatic
Diseases, 69, pp: 1738-
1743 (2010); Martinon, F. et al., "Gout-associated uric acid crystals activate
the NALP3
inflammasome," Nature, vol. 440, pp: 237-241 (2006); So, A. et al., "A pilot
study of IL-1
inhibition by anakinra in acute gout," Arthritis Research & Therapy, vol. 9,
no. 2, pp: 1-6 (2007);
Terkeltaub, R. et al., "The interleukin 1 inhibitor rilonacept in treatment of
chronic gouty
arthritis: results of a placebo-controlled, monosequence crossover, non-
randomised, single-blind
pilot study," Annals of Rheumatic Diseases, 68, pp: 1613-1617 (2009); Torres,
R. et al.,
"Hyperalgesia, synovitis and multiple biomarkers of inflammation are
suppressed by interleukin
1 inhibition in a novel animal model of gouty arthritis," Annals of Rheumatic
Diseases, 68, pp:
69
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
1602-1608 (2009)), neurological disorders, metabolic syndrome (see, e.g.,
Troseid, M. "The role
of interleukin-18 in the metabolic syndrome," Cardiovascular Diabetology,
9:11, pp:1-8 (2010)),
immunodeficiency disorders such as AIDS and HIV (see, e.g., Iannello, A. et
al., "Role of
Interleukin-18 in the Development and Pathogenesis of AIDS," AIDS Reviews, 11,
pp: 115-125
(2009)), destructive bone disorders (see, e.g., Hennessy, E., et al.,
"Targeting Toll-like receptors:
emerging therapeutics?" Nature Reviews, vol. 9, pp: 293-307 (2010)),
osteoarthritis, proliferative
disorders, Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia (see, e.g., Treon, et al., "Whole
genome
sequencing reveals a widely expressed mutation (MYD88 L265P) with oncogenic
activity in
Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia" 53th ASH Annual Meeting; Xu, et al., "A
somatic variant in
MYD88 (L256P) revealed by whole genome sequencing differentiates
lymphoplasmacytic
lymphoma from marginal zone lymphomas" 53th ASH Annual Meeting; Yang et al.,
"Disruption
of MYD88 pathway signaling leads to loss of constitutive IRAK1, NK-kB and
JAK/STAT
signaling and induces apoptosis of cells expressing the MYD88 L265P mutation
in
Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia" 53' ASH Annual Meeting; Iriyama et al.,
"Clinical
significance of genetic mutations of CD79B, CARD11, MYD88, and EZH2 genes in
diffuse
large B-cell lymphoma patients" 53' ASH Annual Meeting; infectious diseases,
conditions
associated with cell death, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell
activation, and CNS
disorders in a patient. In one embodiment, a human patient is treated with a
compound of the
current invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or
vehicle, wherein said
compound is present in an amount to measurably inhibit IRAK-1 only, IRAK-2-
only, IRAK-4-
only and/or IRAK1-and IRAK4 kinase activity.
[00174] Compounds of the current invention are useful in the treatment of a
proliferative
disease selected from a benign or malignant tumor, solid tumor, carcinoma of
the brain, kidney,
liver, adrenal gland, bladder, breast, stomach, gastric tumors, ovaries,
colon, rectum, prostate,
pancreas, lung, vagina, cervix, testis, genitourinary tract, esophagus,
larynx, skin, bone or
thyroid, sarcoma, glioblastomas, neuroblastomas, multiple myeloma,
gastrointestinal cancer,
especially colon carcinoma or colorectal adenoma, a tumor of the neck and
head, an epidermal
hyperproliferation, psoriasis, prostate hyperplasia, a neoplasia, a neoplasia
of epithelial character,
adenoma, adenocarcinoma, keratoacanthoma, epidermoid carcinoma, large cell
carcinoma, non-
small-cell lung carcinoma, lymphomas, Hodgkins and Non-Hodgkins, a mammary
carcinoma,
follicular carcinoma, undifferentiated carcinoma, papillary carcinoma,
seminoma, melanoma, an
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
IL-1 driven disorder, an MyD88 driven disorder, Smoldering of indolent
multiple myeloma, or
hematological malignancies (including leukemia, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
(DLBCL), ABC
DLBCL, chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), chronic lymphocytic lymphoma,
primary
effusion lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma/leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-
cell
prolymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma, Waldenstrom's
macroglobulinemia
(WM), splenic marginal zone lymphoma, multiple myeloma, plasmacytoma,
intravascular large
B-cell lymphoma).
[00175] In some embodiments the proliferative disease which can be treated
according to the
methods of this invention is an MyD88 driven disorder. In some embodiments,
the MyD88
driven disorder which can be treated according to the methods of this
invention is selected from
ABC DLBCL, Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, Hodgkin's lymphoma, primary
cutaneous T-
cell lymphoma and chronic lymphocytic leukemia.
[00176] In some embodiments the proliferative disease which can be treated
according to the
methods of this invention is an IL-1 driven disorder. In some embodiments the
IL-1 driven
disorder is Smoldering of indolent multiple myeloma.
[00177] Compounds according to the invention are useful in the treatment of
inflammatory or
obstructive airways diseases, resulting, for example, in reduction of tissue
damage, airways
inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity, remodeling or disease progression.
Inflammatory or
obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is applicable
include asthma of
whatever type or genesis including both intrinsic (non-allergic) asthma and
extrinsic (allergic)
asthma, mild asthma, moderate asthma, severe asthma, bronchitic asthma,
exercise-induced
asthma, occupational asthma and asthma induced following bacterial infection.
Treatment of
asthma is also to be understood as embracing treatment of subjects, e.g. of
less than 4 or 5 years
of age, exhibiting wheezing symptoms and diagnosed or diagnosable as "wheezy
infants", an
established patient category of major medical concern and now often identified
as incipient or
early-phase asthmatics.
[00178] Compounds according to the invention are useful in the treatment of
heteroimmune
diseases. Examples of such heteroimmune diseases include, but are not limited
to, graft versus
host disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g.,
allergies to plant pollens,
latex, drugs, foods, insect poisons, animal hair, animal dander, dust mites,
or cockroach calyx),
type I hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and
atopic dermatitis.
71
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00179] Prophylactic efficacy in the treatment of asthma will be evidenced by
reduced
frequency or severity of symptomatic attack, e.g. of acute asthmatic or
bronchoconstrictor attack,
improvement in lung function or improved airways hyperreactivity. It may
further be evidenced
by reduced requirement for other, symptomatic therapy, such as therapy for or
intended to
restrict or abort symptomatic attack when it occurs, for example
antiinflammatory or
bronchodilatory. Prophylactic benefit in asthma may in particular be apparent
in subjects prone
to "morning dipping". "Morning dipping" is a recognized asthmatic syndrome,
common to a
substantial percentage of asthmatics and characterised by asthma attack, e.g.
between the hours
of about 4 to 6 am, i.e. at a time normally substantially distant form any
previously administered
symptomatic asthma therapy.
[00180] Compounds of the current invention can be used for other inflammatory
or
obstructive airways diseases and conditions to which the present invention is
applicable and
include acute lung injury (ALI), adult/acute respiratory distress syndrome
(ARDS), chronic
obstructive pulmonary, airways or lung disease (COPD, COAD or COLD), including
chronic
bronchitis or dyspnea associated therewith, emphysema, as well as exacerbation
of airways
hyperreactivity consequent to other drug therapy, in particular other inhaled
drug therapy. The
invention is also applicable to the treatment of bronchitis of whatever type
or genesis including,
but not limited to, acute, arachidic, catarrhal, croupus, chronic or phthinoid
bronchitis. Further
inflammatory or obstructive airways diseases to which the present invention is
applicable include
pneumoconiosis (an inflammatory, commonly occupational, disease of the lungs,
frequently
accompanied by airways obstruction, whether chronic or acute, and occasioned
by repeated
inhalation of dusts) of whatever type or genesis, including, for example,
aluminosis, anthracosis,
asbestosis, chalicosis, ptilosis, siderosis, silicosis, tabacosis and
byssinosis.
[00181] With regard to their anti-inflammatory activity, in particular in
relation to inhibition
of eosinophil activation, compounds of the invention are also useful in the
treatment of
eosinophil related disorders, e.g. eosinophilia, in particular eosinophil
related disorders of the
airways (e.g. involving morbid eosinophilic infiltration of pulmonary tissues)
including
hypereosinophilia as it effects the airways and/or lungs as well as, for
example, eosinophil-
related disorders of the airways consequential or concomitant to Loffler's
syndrome, eosinophilic
pneumonia, parasitic (in particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical
eosinophilia),
bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, polyarteritis nodosa (including Churg-Strauss
syndrome),
72
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
eosinophilic granuloma and eosinophil-related disorders affecting the airways
occasioned by
drug-reaction.
[00182] Compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of
inflammatory or
allergic conditions of the skin, for example psoriasis, contact dermatitis,
atopic dermatitis,
alopecia areata, erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma,
vitiligo,
hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, lupus erythematosus,
systemic lupus
erythematosus, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus, paraneoplastic
pemphigus,
epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, acne vulgaris, and other inflammatory or
allergic conditions of
the skin.
[00183] Compounds of the invention may also be used for the treatment of other
diseases or
conditions, such as diseases or conditions having an inflammatory component,
for example,
treatment of diseases and conditions of the eye such as ocular allergy,
conjunctivitis,
keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the
nose including allergic
rhinitis, and inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are
implicated or having an
autoimmune component or etiology, including autoimmune hematological disorders
(e.g.
hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic
thrombocytopenia),
systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis,
scleroderma, Wegener
granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis,
Steven-Johnson
syndrome, idiopathic sprue, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g.
ulcerative colitis and
Crohn's disease), irritable bowel syndrome, celiac disease, periodontitis,
hyaline membrane
disease, kidney disease, glomerular disease, alcoholic liver disease, multiple
sclerosis, endocrine
opthalmopathy, Grave's disease, sarcoidosis, alveolitis, chronic
hypersensitivity pneumonitis,
multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis, uveitis (anterior and
posterior), Sjogren's syndrome,
keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis, interstitial lung
fibrosis, psoriatic
arthritis, systemic juvenile idiopathic arthritis, cryopyrin-associated
periodic syndrome, nephritis,
vasculitis, diverticulitis, interstitial cystitis, glomerulonephritis (with
and without nephrotic
syndrome, e.g. including idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change
nephropathy), chronic
granulomatous disease, endometriosis, leptospiriosis renal disease, glaucoma,
retinal disease,
ageing, headache, pain, complex regional pain syndrome, cardiac hypertrophy,
musclewasting,
catabolic disorders, obesity, fetal growth retardation, hyperchlolesterolemia,
heart disease,
chronic heart failure, mesothelioma, anhidrotic ecodermal dysplasia, Behcet's
disease,
73
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
incontinentia pigmenti, Paget's disease, pancreatitis, hereditary periodic
fever syndrome, asthma
(allergic and non-allergic, mild, moderate, severe, bronchitic, and exercise-
induced), acute lung
injury, acute respiratory distress syndrome, eosinophilia, hypersensitivities,
anaphylaxis, nasal
sinusitis, ocular allergy, silica induced diseases, COPD (reduction of damage,
airways
inflammation, bronchial hyperreactivity, remodeling or disease progression),
pulmonary disease,
cystic fibrosis, acid-induced lung injury, pulmonary hypertension,
polyneuropathy, cataracts,
muscle inflammation in conjunction with systemic sclerosis, inclusion body
myositis,
myasthenia gravis, thyroiditis, Addison's disease, lichen planus, Type 1
diabetes, or Type 2
diabetes, appendicitis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, allergy, blepharitis,
bronchiolitis, bronchitis,
bursitis, cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, chronic graft rejection,
colitis, conjunctivitis,
Crohn's disease, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis,
encephalitis, endocarditis,
endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis,
fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis,
gastroenteritis, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, hepatitis, hidradenitis
suppurativa, immunoglobulin
A nephropathy, interstitial lung disease, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis,
myelitis myocarditis,
myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis,
parotitis, pericarditis,
peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis, pneumonia,
polymyositis, proctitis,
prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis,
synovitis, tendonitis,
tonsillitis, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, or vulvitis.
[00184] In some embodiments the inflammatory disease which can be treated
according to the
methods of this invention is an disease of the skin. In some embodiments, the
inflammatory
disease of the skin is selected from contact dermatitits, atompic dermatitis,
alopecia areata,
erythema multiforma, dermatitis herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo,
hypersensitivity angiitis,
urticaria, bullous pemphigoid, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus foliaceus,
paraneoplastic
pemphigus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita, and other inflammatory or allergic
conditions of the
skin.
[00185] In some embodiments the inflammatory disease which can be treated
according to the
methods of this invention is selected from acute and chronic gout, chronic
gouty arthritis,
psoriasis, psoriatic arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, Juvenile rheumatoid
arthritis, Systemic juvenile
idiopathic arthritis (SJIA), Cryopyrin Associated Periodic Syndrome (CAPS),
and osteoarthritis.
[00186] In some embodiments the inflammatory disease which can be treated
according to the
methods of this invention is a TH17 mediated disease. In some embodiments the
TH17 mediated
74
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
disease is selected from Systemic lupus erythematosus, Multiple sclerosis, and
inflammatory
bowel disease (including Crohn's disease or ulcerative colitis).
[00187] In some embodiments the inflammatory disease which can be treated
according to the
methods of this invention is selected from Sjogren's syndrome, allergic
disorders, osteoarthritis,
conditions of the eye such as ocular allergy, conjunctivitis,
keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal
conjunctivitis, and diseases affecting the nose such as allergic rhinitis.
[00188] Cardiovascular diseases which can be treated according to the methods
of this
invention include, but are not limited to, restenosis, cardiomegaly,
atherosclerosis, myocardial
infarction, ischemic stroke, congestive heart failure, angina pectoris,
reocclusion after
angioplasty, restenosis after angioplasty, reocclusion after aortocoronary
bypass, restenosis after
aortocoronary bypass, stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial
occlusive disorder,
pulmonary embolism, and deep venous thrombosis.
[00189] In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease which can be
treated according
to the methods of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheimer's
disease, Parkinson's
disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's disease, cerebral
ischemia, and
neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, glutamate neurotoxicity,
hypoxia,
epilepsy, treatment of diabetes, metabolic syndrome, obesity, organ
transplantation and graft
versus host disease.
[00190] The loss of IRAK4 function results in decreased Al3 levels in an in
vivo murine model
of Alzheimer's disease and was associated with diminished microgliosis and
astrogliosis in aged
mice. Analysis of microglia isolated from the adult mouse brain revealed an
altered pattern of
gene expression associated with changes in microglial phenotype that were
associated with
expression of IRF transcription factors that govern microglial phenotype.
Further, loss of IRAK4
function also promoted amyloid clearance mechanisms, including elevated
expression of insulin-
degrading enzyme. Finally, blocking IRAK function restored olfactory behavior
(Cameron et at.
"Loss of Interleukin Receptor-Associated Kinase 4 Signaling Suppresses Amyloid
Pathology and
Alters Microglial Phenotype in a Mouse Model of Alzheimer's Disease" Journal
of Neuroscience
(2012) 32(43), 15112-15123.
[00191] In some embodiments the invention provides a method of treating,
preventing or
lessening the severity of Alzheimer's disease comprising administering to a
patient in need
thereof a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or
composition thereof.
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00192] In some embodiments the invention provides a method of treating a
disease or
condition commonly occurring in connection with transplantation. In some
embodiments, the
disease or condition commonly occurring in connection with transplantation is
selected from
organ transplantation, organ transplant rejection, and graft versus host
disease.
[00193] In some embodiments the invention provides a method of treating a
metabolic
disease. In some embodiments the metabolic disease is selected from Type 1
diabetes, Type 2
diabetes, metabolic syndrome, and obesity.
[00194] In some embodiments the invention provides a method of treating a
viral disease. In
some embodiments, the viral infection is HIV infection.
[00195] Furthermore, the invention provides the use of a compound according to
the
definitions herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or a hydrate or
solvate thereof for the
preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a proliferative disease, an
inflammatory
disease, an obstructive respiratory disease, a cardiovascular disease, a
metabolic disease, a
neurological disease, a neurodegenerative disease, a viral disease, or a
disorder commonly
occurring in connection with transplantation.
Combination Therapies
[00196] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated,
additional
therapeutic agents, which are normally administered to treat that condition,
may be administered
in combination with compounds and compositions of this invention. As used
herein, additional
therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat a particular
disease, or condition, are
known as "appropriate for the disease, or condition, being treated."
[00197] In certain embodiments, a provided combination, or composition
thereof, is
administered in combination with another therapeutic agent.
[00198] Examples of agents the combinations of this invention may also be
combined with
include, without limitation: treatments for Alzheimer's Disease such as
Aricept and Excelon ;
treatments for HIV such as ritonavir; treatments for Parkinson's Disease such
as L-
DOPA/carbidopa, entacapone, ropinrole, pramipexole, bromocriptine, pergolide,
trihexephendyl,
and amantadine; agents for treating Multiple Sclerosis (MS) such as beta
interferon (e.g.,
Avonex and Rebif()), Copaxone , and mitoxantrone; treatments for asthma such
as albuterol
and Singulair ; agents for treating schizophrenia such as zyprexa, risperdal,
seroquel, and
76
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
haloperidol; anti-inflammatory agents such as corticosteroids, TNF blockers,
IL-1 RA,
azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, and sulfasalazine; immunomodulatory and
immunosuppressive
agents such as cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil,
interferons,
corticosteroids, cyclophophamide, azathioprine, and sulfasalazine;
neurotrophic factors such as
acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, MAO inhibitors, interferons, anti-
convulsants, ion channel
blockers, riluzole, and anti-Parkinsonian agents; agents for treating
cardiovascular disease such
as beta-blockers, ACE inhibitors, diuretics, nitrates, calcium channel
blockers, and statins; agents
for treating liver disease such as corticosteroids, cholestyramine,
interferons, and anti-viral
agents; agents for treating blood disorders such as corticosteroids, anti-
leukemic agents, and
growth factors; agents that prolong or improve pharmacokinetics such as
cytochrome P450
inhibitors (i.e., inhibitors of metabolic breakdown) and CYP3A4 inhibitors
(e.g., ketokenozole
and ritonavir), and agents for treating immunodeficiency disorders such as
gamma globulin.
[00199] In certain embodiments, combination therapies of the present
invention, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof, are administered in
combination with a
monoclonal antibody or an siRNA therapeutic.
[00200] Those additional agents may be administered separately from a provided
combination
therapy, as part of a multiple dosage regimen. Alternatively, those agents may
be part of a single
dosage form, mixed together with a compound of this invention in a single
composition. If
administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the two active agents may be
submitted
simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from one another
normally within five
hours from one another.
[00201] As used herein, the term "combination," "combined," and related terms
refers to the
simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance
with this
invention. For example, a combination of the present invention may be
administered with
another therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit
dosage forms or
together in a single unit dosage form.
[00202] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions
of this
invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered
in a composition
comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the
amount of additional
therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from
about 50% to 100% of
77
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only
therapeutically
active agent.
[00203] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a composition
comprising a
compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents. The
therapeutic agent
may be administered together with a compound of formula I, or may be
administered prior to or
following administration of a compound of formula I. Suitable therapeutic
agents are described
in further detail below. In certain embodiments, a compound of formula I may
be administered
up to 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours,
4 hours, 5, hours,
6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 11 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14
hours, 15 hours, 16
hours, 17 hours, or 18 hours before the therapeutic agent. In other
embodiments, a compound of
formula I may be administered up to 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 30
minutes, 1 hour, 2
hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5, hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10
hours, 11 hours, 12 hours,
13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, or 18 hours following the
therapeutic agent.
[00204] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating an
inflammatory disease, disorder or condition by administering to a patient in
need thereof a
compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents. Such
additional
therapeutic agents may be small molecules or recombinant biologic agents and
include, for
example, acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as
aspirin,
ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine0) and celecoxib, colchicine (Colcrys0),
corticosteroids
such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone, and the
like, probenecid,
allopurinol, febuxostat (Uloric0), sulfasalazine (Azulfldine0), antimalarials
such as
hydroxychloroquine (Plaqueni10) and chloroquine (Aralen0), methotrexate
(Rheumatrex0),
gold salts such as gold thioglucose (Solganal0), gold thiomalate
(Myochrysine0) and auranofin
(Ridaura0), D-penicillamine (Depen0 or Cuprimine0), azathioprine (Imuran0),
cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan0), chlorambucil (Leukeran0), cyclosporine
(Sandimmune0),
leflunomide (Arava0) and "anti-TNF" agents such as etanercept (Enbre10),
infliximab
(Remicade0), golimumab (Simponi0), certolizumab pegol (Cimzia0) and adalimumab
(Humira0), "anti-IL-1" agents such as anakinra (Kineret0) and rilonacept
(Arcalyst0),
canakinumab (Ilaris0), anti-Jak inhibitors such as tofacitinib, antibodies
such as rituximab
(Rituxan0), "anti-T-cell" agents such as abatacept (Orencia0), "anti-IL-6"
agents such as
tocilizumab (Actemra0), diclofenac, cortisone, hyaluronic acid (Synvisc0 or
Hyalgan0),
78
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
monoclonal antibodies such as tanezumab, anticoagulants such as heparin
(Calcinparine0 or
Liquaemin0) and warfarin (Coumadin0), antidiarrheals such as diphenoxylate
(Lomoti10) and
loperamide (Imodium0), bile acid binding agents such as cholestyramine,
alosetron
(Lotronex0), lubiprostone (Amitiza0), laxatives such as Milk of Magnesia,
polyethylene glycol
(MiraLax0), Dulcolax0, Correcto10 and SenokotO, anticholinergics or
antispasmodics such as
dicyclomine (Benty10), SingulairO, beta-2 agonists such as albuterol
(Ventolin0 HFA,
Proventil0 HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex0), metaproterenol (Alupent0),
pirbuterol acetate
(Maxair0), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire0), salmeterol xinafoate (Serevent0)
and formoterol
(Foradi10), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide (Atrovent0) and
tiotropium
(Spiriva0), inhaled corticosteroids such as beclomethasone dipropionate
(BecloventO, Qvar0,
and Vanceri10), triamcinolone acetonide (Azmacort0), mometasone (Asthmanex0),
budesonide
(Pulmocort0), and flunisolide (Aerobid0), Afviar0, Symbicort0, Dulera0,
cromolyn sodium
(Intal0), methylxanthines such as theophylline (Theo-Dur0, Theolair , Slo-bid
, Uniphy10,
Theo-240) and aminophylline, IgE antibodies such as omalizumab (Xolair0),
nucleoside
reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as zidovudine (Retrovir0), abacavir
(Ziagen0),
abacavir/lamivudine (Epzicom0), abacavir/lamivudine/zidovudine (Trizivir0),
didanosine
(Videx0), emtricitabine (Emtriva0), lamivudine (Epivir0),
lamivudine/zidovudine
(Combivir0), stavudine (Zerit0), and zalcitabine (Hivid0), non-nucleoside
reverse transcriptase
inhibitors such as delavirdine (Rescriptor0), efavirenz (Sustiva0),
nevairapine (Viramune0) and
etravirine (Intelence0), nucleotide reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as
tenofovir (Viread0),
protease inhibitors such as amprenavir (Agenerase0), atazanavir (Reyataz0),
darunavir
(Prezista0), fosamprenavir (Lexiva0), indinavir (Crixivan0), lopinavir and
ritonavir (Kaletra0),
nelfinavir (Viracept0), ritonavir (Norvir0), saquinavir (Fortovase0 or
Invirase0), and tipranavir
(Aptivus0), entry inhibitors such as enfuvirtide (Fuzeon0) and maraviroc
(Selzentry0),
integrase inhibitors such as raltegravir (Isentress0), doxorubicin
(Hydrodaunorubicin0),
vincristine (Oncovin0), bortezomib (Velcade0), and dexamethasone (Decadron 0)
in
combination with lenalidomide (Revlimid 0), or any combination(s) thereof
[00205] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating gout
comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I
and one or more
additional therapeutic agents selected from non-steroidal anti-inflammatory
drugs (NSAIDS)
such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine0) and celecoxib,
colchicine (Colcrys0),
79
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone,
hydrocortisone, and the
like, probenecid, allopurinol and febuxostat (Uloric0).
[00206] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating
rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a
compound of
formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from non-
steroidal anti-
inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac
(Lodine0) and
celecoxib, corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone,
methylprednisolone, hydrocortisone,
and the like, sulfasalazine (Azulfidine0), antimalarials such as
hydroxychloroquine (Plaqueni10)
and chloroquine (Aralen0), methotrexate (Rheumatrex0), gold salts such as gold
thioglucose
(Solganal0), gold thiomalate (Myochrysine0) and auranofin (Ridaura0), D-
penicillamine
(Depen0 or Cuprimine0), azathioprine (Imuran0), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan0),
chlorambucil (Leukeran0), cyclosporine (Sandimmune0), leflunomide (Arava0) and
"anti-
TNF" agents such as etanercept (Enbre10), infliximab (Remicade0), golimumab
(Simponi0),
certolizumab pegol (Cimzia0) and adalimumab (Humira0), "anti-IL-1" agents such
as anakinra
(Kineret0) and rilonacept (Arcalyst0), antibodies such as rituximab
(Rituxan0), "anti-T-cell"
agents such as abatacept (Orencia0) and "anti-IL-6" agents such as tocilizumab
(Actemra0).
[00207] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of
treating
osteoarthritis comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a
compound of formula I and
one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from acetaminophen, non-
steroidal anti-
inflammatory drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac
(Lodine0) and
celecoxib, diclofenac, cortisone, hyaluronic acid (Synvisc0 or Hyalgan0) and
monoclonal
antibodies such as tanezumab.
[00208] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of
treating lupus
comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I
and one or more
additional therapeutic agents selected from acetaminophen, non-steroidal anti-
inflammatory
drugs (NSAIDS) such as aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, etodolac (Lodine0) and
celecoxib,
corticosteroids such as prednisone, prednisolone, methylprednisolone,
hydrocortisone, and the
like, antimalarials such as hydroxychloroquine (Plaqueni10) and chloroquine
(Aralen0),
cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan0), methotrexate (Rheumatrex0), azathioprine
(Imuran0) and
anticoagulants such as heparin (Calcinparine0 or Liquaemin0) and warfarin
(Coumadin0).
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00209] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of
treating
inflammatory bowel disease comprising administering to a patient in need
thereof a compound of
formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from
mesalamine (Asaco10)
sulfasalazine (Azulfidine0), antidiarrheals such as diphenoxylate (Lomoti10)
and loperamide
(Imodium0), bile acid binding agents such as cholestyramine, alosetron
(Lotronex0),
lubiprostone (Amitiza0), laxatives such as Milk of Magnesia, polyethylene
glycol (MiraLax0),
Dulcolax0, Correcto10 and SenokotO and anticholinergics or antispasmodics such
as
dicyclomine (Benty10), anti-TNF therapies, steroids, and antibiotics such as
Flagyl or
ciprofloxacin.
[00210] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of
treating asthma
comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I
and one or more
additional therapeutic agents selected from SingulairO, beta-2 agonists such
as albuterol
(Ventolin0 HFA, Proventil0 HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex0), metaproterenol
(Alupent0),
pirbuterol acetate (Maxair0), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire0), salmeterol
xinafoate (Serevent0)
and formoterol (Foradi10), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide
(Atrovent0) and
tiotropium (Spiriva0), inhaled corticosteroids such as prednisone,
prednisolone, beclomethasone
dipropionate (BecloventO, Qvar0, and Vanceri10), triamcinolone acetonide
(Azmacort0),
mometasone (Asthmanex0), budesonide (Pulmocort0), flunisolide (Aerobid0),
Afviar0,
Symbicort0, and Dulera0, cromolyn sodium (Intal0), methylxanthines such as
theophylline
(Theo-Dur0, Theolair , Slo-bid , Uniphy10, Theo-240) and aminophylline, and
IgE
antibodies such as omalizumab (Xolair0).
[00211] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of
treating COPD
comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I
and one or more
additional therapeutic agents selected from beta-2 agonists such as albuterol
(Ventolin0 HFA,
Proventil0 HFA), levalbuterol (Xopenex0), metaproterenol (Alupent0),
pirbuterol acetate
(Maxair0), terbutaline sulfate (Brethaire0), salmeterol xinafoate (Serevent0)
and formoterol
(Foradi10), anticholinergic agents such as ipratropium bromide (Atrovent0) and
tiotropium
(Spiriva0), methylxanthines such as theophylline (Theo-Dur0, Theolair , Slo-
bid , Uniphy10,
Theo-240) and aminophylline, inhaled corticosteroids such as prednisone,
prednisolone,
beclomethasone dipropionate (BecloventO, Qvar0, and Vanceri10), triamcinolone
acetonide
81
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
(Azmacort0), mometasone (Asthmanex0), budesonide (Pulmocort0), flunisolide
(Aerobid0),
Afviar0, Symbicort0, and Dulera0,
[00212] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of
treating HIV
comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula I
and one or more
additional therapeutic agents selected from nucleoside reverse transcriptase
inhibitors such as
zidovudine (Retrovir0), abacavir (Ziagen0), abacavir/lamivudine (Epzicom0),
abacavir/lamivudine/zidovudine (Trizivir0), didanosine (Videx0), emtricitabine
(Emtriva0),
lamivudine (Epivir0), lamivudine/zidovudine (Combivir0), stavudine (Zerit0),
and zalcitabine
(Hivid0), non-nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors such as delavirdine
(Rescriptor0),
efavirenz (Sustiva0), nevairapine (Viramune0) and etravirine (Intelence0),
nucleotide reverse
transcriptase inhibitors such as tenofovir (Viread0), protease inhibitors such
as amprenavir
(Agenerase0), atazanavir (Reyataz0), darunavir (Prezista0), fosamprenavir
(Lexiva0),
indinavir (Crixivan0), lopinavir and ritonavir (Kaletra0), nelfinavir
(Viracept0), ritonavir
(Norvir0), saquinavir (Fortovase0 or Invirase0), and tipranavir (Aptivus0),
entry inhibitors
such as enfuvirtide (Fuzeon0) and maraviroc (Selzentry0), integrase inhibitors
such as
raltegravir (Isentress0), and combinations thereof.
[00213] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating a
hematological malignancy comprising administering to a patient in need thereof
a compound of
formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from
rituximab (Rituxan0),
cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan0), doxorubicin (Hydrodaunorubicin0), vincristine
(Oncovin0),
prednisone, a hedgehog signaling inhibitor, a BTK inhibitor, a JAK/pan-JAK
inhibitor, a TYK2
inhibitor, a PI3K inhibitor, a SYK inhibitor, and combinations thereof
[00214] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating a solid
tumor comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of
formula I and one or
more additional therapeutic agents selected from rituximab (Rituxan0),
cyclophosphamide
(Cytoxan0), doxorubicin (Hydrodaunorubicin0), vincristine (Oncovin0),
prednisone, a
hedgehog signaling inhibitor, a BTK inhibitor, a JAK/pan-JAK inhibitor, a TYK2
inhibitor, a
PI3K inhibitor, a SYK inhibitor, and combinations thereof
[00215] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating a
hematological malignancy comprising administering to a patient in need thereof
a compound of
formula I and a Hedgehog (Hh) signaling pathway inhibitor. In some
embodiments, the
82
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
hematological malignancy is DLBCL (Ramirez et at "Defining causative factors
contributing in
the activation of hedgehog signaling in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma" Leuk.
Res. (2012),
published online July 17, and incorporated herein by reference in its
entirety).
[00216] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating diffuse
large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) comprising administering to a patient in need
thereof a
compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected
from rituximab
(Rituxan0), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan0), doxorubicin (Hydrodaunorubicin0),
vincristine
(Oncovin0), prednisone, a hedgehog signaling inhibitor, and combinations
thereof
[00217] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating multiple
myeloma comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of
formula I and one
or more additional therapeutic agents selected from bortezomib (Velcade0), and
dexamethasone
(Decadron0), a hedgehog signaling inhibitor, a BTK inhibitor, a JAK/pan-JAK
inhibitor, a
TYK2 inhibitor, a PI3K inhibitor, a SYK inhibitor in combination with
lenalidomide
(Revlimid0).
[00218] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating
Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia comprising administering to a patient in need
thereof a
compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected
from
chlorarabuci I (Leukerane), cyclophosphamide (CytoxanO, Neosare), fludarabine
(FludaraM,
cladribine (Leustatin0), rituximab (Rinixan0), a hedgehog signaling inhibitor,
a BTK inhibitor,
a JAK/pan-JAK inhibitor, a TYK2 inhibitor, a PI3K inhibitor, and a SYK
inhibitor.
[00219] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of
treating
Alzheimer's disease comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a
compound of
formula and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected from donepezil
(Aricept8),
rivastigmine (Excelon ), galantamine (Razadyne8), tacrine (Cognex8), and
memantine
(Namenda ).
[00220] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating organ
transplant rejection or graft vs. host disease comprising administering to a
patient in need thereof
a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic agents selected
from a steroid,
cyclosporin, FK506, rapamyein, a hedgehog signaling inhibitor, a BTK
inhibitor, a JAK/pan-
JAK inhibitor, a TYK2 inhibitor, a PI3K inhibitor, and a SYK inhibitor.
83
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00221] in another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating or
lessening the severity of a disease comprising administering to a patient in
need thereof a
compound of formula and a BTK inhibitor, wherein the disease is seiected from
inflammatory
bowel disease, arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE), vasculitis,
idiopathic
thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP), rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis,
osteoarthritis, Still's
disease, juvenile arthritis, diabetes, myasthenia gravis, Hashimoto's
thyroiditis, Ord's thyroiditis,
Graves' disease, autoimmune thyroiditis, Sjogren's syndrome, multiple
sclerosis, systemic
sclerosis, Lyme neuroborreliosis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, acute disseminated
encephalomyelitis, Addison's disease, opsoclonus-myoclonus syndrome,
ankylosing
spondylosis, antiphospholipid antibody syndrome, aplastic anemia, autoimmune
hepatitis,
autoimmune gastritis, pernicious anemia, celiac disease, Goodpasture's
syndrome, idiopathic
thrombocytopenic purpura, optic neuritis, scleroderma, primary biliary
cirrhosis, Reiter's
syndrome, Takayasu's arteritis, temporal arteritis, warm autoimmune hemolytic
anemia,
Wegener's granulomatosis, psoriasis, alopecia universalis, Behcet's disease,
chronic fatigue,
dysautonomia, membranous glomerulonephropathy, endometriosis, interstitial
cystitis,
pemphigus vulgaris, bullous pemphigoid, neuromyotonia, scleroderma,
vulvodynia, a
hyperproliferative disease, rejection of transplanted organs or tissues,
Acquired
Immunodeficiency Syndrome (AIDS, also known as HIV), type 1 diabetes, graft
versus host
disease, transplantation, transfusion, anaphylaxis, allergies (e.g., allergies
to plant pollens, latex,
drugs, foods, insect poisons, animal hair, animal dander, dust mites, or
cockroach calyx), type I
hypersensitivity, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, and atopic
dermatitis, asthma,
appendicitis, atopic dermatitis, asthma, allergy, blepharitis, bronchiolitis,
bronchitis, bursitis,
cervicitis, cholangitis, cholecystitis, chronic graft rejection, colitis,
conjunctivitis, Crohn's
disease, cystitis, dacryoadenitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, encephalitis,
endocarditis,
endometritis, enteritis, enterocolitis, epicondylitis, epididymitis,
fasciitis, fibrositis, gastritis,
gastroenteritis, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, hepatitis, hidradenitis
suppurativa, immunoglobulin
A nephropathy, interstitial lung disease, laryngitis, mastitis, meningitis,
myelitis myocarditis,
myositis, nephritis, oophoritis, orchitis, osteitis, otitis, pancreatitis,
parotitis, pericarditis,
peritonitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, phlebitis, pneumonitis, pneumonia,
polymyositis, proctitis,
prostatitis, pyelonephritis, rhinitis, salpingitis, sinusitis, stomatitis,
synovitis, tendonitis,
tonsillitis, ulcerative colitis, uveitis, vaginitis, vasculitis, or vulvitis,
B-cell proliferative disorder,
84
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
e.g., diffuse large B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic
lymphoma,
chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, B-cell
prolymphocytic leukemia,
lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma/Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia, splenic marginal
zone
lymphoma, multiple myeloma (also known as plasma cell myeloma), non-Hodgkin's
lymphoma,
Hodgkin's lymphoma, plasmacytoma, extranodal marginal zone B cell lymphoma,
nodal
marginal zone B cell lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, mediastinal (thymic)
large B cell
lymphoma, intravascular large B cell lymphoma, primary effusion lymphoma,
Burkitt
lymphoma/leukemia, or lymphomatoid granulomatosis, breast cancer, prostate
cancer, or cancer
of the mast cells (e.g., mastocytoma, mast cell leukemia, mast cell sarcoma,
systemic
mastocytosis), bone cancer, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, diseases of
the bone and joints
including, without limitation, rheumatoid arthritis, seronegative
spondyloarthropathies (including
ankylosing spondylitis, psoriatic arthritis and Reiter's disease), Behcet's
disease, Sjogren's
syndrome, systemic sclerosis, osteoporosis, bone cancer, bone metastasis, a
thromboembolic
disorder, (e.g., myocardial infarct, angina pectoris, reocclusion after
angioplasty, restenosis after
angioplasty, reocclusion after aortocoronary bypass, restenosis after
aortocoronary bypass,
stroke, transitory ischemia, a peripheral arterial occlusive disorder,
pulmonary embolism, deep
venous thrombosis), inflammatory pelvic disease, urethritis, skin sunburn,
sinusitis, pneumonitis,
encephalitis, meningitis, myocarditis, nephritis, osteomyelitis, myositis,
hepatitis, gastritis,
enteritis, dermatitis, gingivitis, appendicitis, pancreatitis, cholocystitus,
agammaglobulinemia,
psoriasis, allergy, Crohn's disease, irritable bowel syndrome, ulcerative
colitis, Sjogren's
disease, tissue graft rejection, hyperacute rejection of transplanted organs,
asthma, allergic
rhinitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), autoimmune
polyglandular disease (also
known as autoimmune polyglandular syndrome), autoimmune alopecia, pernicious
anemia,
glomerulonephritis, dermatomyositis, multiple sclerosis, scleroderma,
vasculitis, autoimmune
hemolytic and thrombocytopenic states, Goodpasture's syndrome,
atherosclerosis, Addison's
disease, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, diabetes, septic shock,
systemic lupus
erythematosus (SLE), rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, juvenile
arthritis, osteoarthritis,
chronic idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, Waldenstrom macroglobulinemia,
myasthenia
gravis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, atopic dermatitis, degenerative joint
disease, vitiligo,
autoimmune hypopituitarism, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Behcet's disease,
scleraderma, mycosis
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
fungoides, acute inflammatory responses (such as acute respiratory distress
syndrome and
ischemia/reperfusion injury), and Graves' disease.
[00222] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating or
lessening the severity of a disease comprising administering to a patient in
need thereof a
compound of formula it and a PI3K inhibitor, wherein the disease is selected
from a cancer, a
nc.urodegenative disorder, an angiogenic disorder, a. viral disease, an
autoimmune disease, an
inflanunatory disorder, a hormone-related disease, conditions associated with
organ
transplantation., immunodeficiency disorders, a destructive bone disorder, a
proliferative
disorder, an infectious disease, a condition associated with cell death,
thrombin-induced platelet
aggregation, chronic myelogen.ous leukemia (CIVIL), chronic lymphocytic
leukemia (CIO, liver
disease, pathologic immune conditions involving T cell activation, a
cardiovascular disorder, and.
CNS disorder.
[00223] In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method of
treating or
lessening the severity of a disease comprising administering to a patient in
need thereof a
compound of formula I and a P131( inhibitor, wherein the disease is selected
from benign or
malignant tumor, carcinoma or solid tumor of the brain, kidney (e.g., renal
cell carcinoma
(RCC)), liver, adrenal gland, bladder, breast, stomach, gastric tumors,
ovaries, colon, rectum,
prostate, pancreas, lung, vagina, endometrium, cervix, testis, genitourinary
tract, esophagus,
larynx, skin, bone or thyroid, sarcoma, glioblastomas, neuroblastomas,
multiple myeloma or
gastrointestinal cancer, especially colon carcinoma or colorectal adenoma or a
tumor of the neck
and head, an epidermal hyperproliferation, psoriasis, prostate hyperplasia, a
neoplasia, a
neoplasia of epithelial character, adenoma, adenocarcinoma, keratoacanthoma,
epidermoid
carcinoma, large cell carcinoma, non-small-cell lung carcinoma, lymphomas,
(including, for
example, non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma (NHL) and Hodgkin's lymphoma (also termed
Hodgkin's
or Hodgkin's disease)), a mammary carcinoma, follicular carcinoma,
undifferentiated carcinoma,
papillary carcinoma, seminoma, melanoma, or a leukemia, diseases include
Cowden syndrome,
Lhermitte-Dudos disease and Bannayan-Zonana syndrome, or diseases in which the
PI3K/PKB
pathway is aberrantly activated, asthma of whatever type or genesis including
both intrinsic
(non-allergic) asthma and extrinsic (allergic) asthma, mild asthma, moderate
asthma, severe
asthma, bronchitic asthma, exercise-induced asthma, occupational asthma and
asthma induced
following bacterial infection, acute lung injury (ALI), adult/acute
respiratory distress syndrome
86
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
(ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary, airways or lung disease (COPD, COAD or
COLD),
including chronic bronchitis or dyspnea associated therewith, emphysema, as
well as
exacerbation of airways hyperreactivity consequent to other drug therapy, in
particular other
inhaled drug therapy, bronchitis of whatever type or genesis including, but
not limited to, acute,
arachidic, catarrhal, croupus, chronic or phthinoid bronchitis, pneumoconiosis
(an inflammatory,
commonly occupational, disease of the lungs, frequently accompanied by airways
obstruction,
whether chronic or acute, and occasioned by repeated inhalation of dusts) of
whatever type or
genesis, including, for example, aluminosis, anthracosis, asbestosis,
chalicosis, ptilosis, siderosis,
silicosis, tabacosis and byssinosis, Loffler's syndrome, eosinophilic,
pneumonia, parasitic (in
particular metazoan) infestation (including tropical eosinophilia),
bronchopulmonary
aspergillosis, polyarteritis nodosa (including Churg-Strauss syndrome),
eosinophilic granuloma
and eosinophil-related disorders affecting the airways occasioned by drug-
reaction, psoriasis,
contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, alopecia areata, erythema multiforma,
dermatitis
herpetiformis, scleroderma, vitiligo, hypersensitivity angiitis, urticaria,
bullous pemphigoid,
lupus erythematosus, pemphisus, epidermolysis bullosa acquisita,
conjunctivitis,
keratoconjunctivitis sicca, and vernal conjunctivitis, diseases affecting the
nose including allergic
rhinitis, and inflammatory disease in which autoimmune reactions are
implicated or having an
autoimmune component or etiology, including autoimmune hematological disorders
(e.g.
hemolytic anemia, aplastic anemia, pure red cell anemia and idiopathic
thrombocytopenia),
systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis, polychondritis,
sclerodoma, Wegener
granulamatosis, dermatomyositis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis,
Steven-Johnson
syndrome, idiopathic sprue, autoimmune inflammatory bowel disease (e.g.
ulcerative colitis and
Crohn's disease), endocrine opthalmopathy, Grave's disease, sarcoidosis,
alveolitis, chronic
hypersensitivity pneumonitis, multiple sclerosis, primary biliary cirrhosis,
uveitis (anterior and
posterior), keratoconjunctivitis sicca and vernal keratoconjunctivitis,
interstitial lung fibrosis,
psoriatic arthritis and glomerulonephritis (with and without nephrotic
syndrome, e.g. including
idiopathic nephrotic syndrome or minal change nephropathy, restenosis,
cardiomegaly,
atherosclerosis, myocardial infarction, ischemic stroke and congestive heart
failure, Alzheimer's
disease, Parkinson's disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Huntington's
disease, and cerebral
ischemia, and neurodegenerative disease caused by traumatic injury, glutamate
neurotoxicity and
hypoxia.
87
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00224] The compounds and compositions, according to the method of the present
invention,
may be administered using any amount and any route of administration effective
for treating or
lessening the severity of a cancer, an autoimmune disorder, a proliferative
disorder, an
inflammatory disorder, a neurodegenerative or neurological disorder,
schizophrenia, a bone-
related disorder, liver disease, or a cardiac disorder. The exact amount
required will vary from
subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of
the subject, the
severity of the infection, the particular agent, its mode of administration,
and the like.
Compounds of the invention are preferably formulated in dosage unit form for
ease of
administration and uniformity of dosage. The expression "dosage unit form" as
used herein
refers to a physically discrete unit of agent appropriate for the patient to
be treated. It will be
understood, however, that the total daily usage of the compounds and
compositions of the
present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope
of sound medical
judgment. The specific effective dose level for any particular patient or
organism will depend
upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the
severity of the disorder; the
activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed;
the age, body
weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of
administration, route of
administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the
duration of the
treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific
compound employed, and
like factors well known in the medical arts. The term "patient", as used
herein, means an animal,
preferably a mammal, and most preferably a human.
[00225] Pharmaceutically acceptable compositions of this invention can be
administered to
humans and other animals orally, rectally, parenterally, intracisternally,
intravaginally,
intraperitoneally, topically (as by powders, ointments, or drops), bucally, as
an oral or nasal
spray, or the like, depending on the severity of the infection being treated.
In certain
embodiments, the compounds of the invention may be administered orally or
parenterally at
dosage levels of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg and preferably from about
1 mg/kg to
about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to
obtain the desired
therapeutic effect.
[00226] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are not
limited to,
pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions,
syrups and
elixirs. In addition to the active compounds, the liquid dosage forms may
contain inert diluents
88
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents,
solubilizing agents and
emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl
acetate, benzyl
alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol,
dimethylformamide, oils (in
particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame
oils), glycerol,
tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of
sorbitan, and mixtures
thereof Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can also include
adjuvants such as wetting
agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and
perfuming agents.
[00227] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or
oleaginous
suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable
dispersing or wetting
agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a
sterile injectable
solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent
or solvent, for
example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and
solvents that may
be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P. and isotonic sodium chloride
solution. In
addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or
suspending medium. For
this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or
diglycerides. In
addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of
injectables.
[00228] Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration
through a
bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form
of sterile solid
compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other
sterile injectable
medium prior to use.
[00229] In order to prolong the effect of a compound of the present invention,
it is often
desirable to slow the absorption of the compound from subcutaneous or
intramuscular injection.
This may be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or
amorphous material
with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the compound then
depends upon its rate of
dissolution that, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form.
Alternatively,
delayed absorption of a parenterally administered compound form is
accomplished by dissolving
or suspending the compound in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made
by forming
microencapsule matrices of the compound in biodegradable polymers such as
polylactide-
polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of compound to polymer and the nature
of the
particular polymer employed, the rate of compound release can be controlled.
Examples of other
biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot
injectable
89
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
formulations are also prepared by entrapping the compound in liposomes or
microemulsions that
are compatible with body tissues.
[00230] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are preferably
suppositories which
can be prepared by mixing the compounds of this invention with suitable non-
irritating
excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a
suppository wax which are
solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt
in the rectum or
vaginal cavity and release the active compound.
[00231] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules,
tablets, pills, powders,
and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active compound is mixed with at
least one inert,
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or
dicalcium phosphate
and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose,
mannitol, and silicic
acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates,
gelatin,
polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol,
d) disintegrating
agents such as agar--agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch,
alginic acid, certain
silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as
paraffin, f) absorption
accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as,
for example,
cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and
bentonite clay, and i)
lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid
polyethylene glycols, sodium
lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof In the case of capsules, tablets and
pills, the dosage form
may also comprise buffering agents.
[00232] Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers
in soft and hard-
filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well
as high molecular
weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets,
dragees, capsules,
pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric
coatings and other
coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally
contain
opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the
active ingredient(s) only,
or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a
delayed manner.
Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric
substances and waxes.
Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft
and hard-filled
gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as
high molecular weight
polethylene glycols and the like.
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00233] The active compounds can also be in micro-encapsulated form with one
or more
excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees,
capsules, pills, and
granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings,
release controlling
coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
In such solid
dosage forms the active compound may be admixed with at least one inert
diluent such as
sucrose, lactose or starch. Such dosage forms may also comprise, as is normal
practice,
additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants
and other tableting aids
such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of
capsules, tablets and
pills, the dosage forms may also comprise buffering agents. They may
optionally contain
opacifying agents and can also be of a composition that they release the
active ingredient(s) only,
or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a
delayed manner.
Examples of embedding compositions that can be used include polymeric
substances and waxes.
[00234] Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of a compound
of this
invention include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders,
solutions, sprays, inhalants
or patches. The active component is admixed under sterile conditions with a
pharmaceutically
acceptable carrier and any needed preservatives or buffers as may be required.
Ophthalmic
formulation, ear drops, and eye drops are also contemplated as being within
the scope of this
invention. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of
transdermal patches,
which have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of a compound
to the body.
Such dosage forms can be made by dissolving or dispensing the compound in the
proper
medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the flux of the
compound across the
skin. The rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling
membrane or by
dispersing the compound in a polymer matrix or gel.
[00235] According to one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of
inhibiting protein
kinase activity in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said
biological sample
with a compound of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00236] According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of
inhibiting
IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological
sample
comprising the step of contacting said biological sample with a compound of
this invention, or a
composition comprising said compound. In certain embodiments, the invention
relates to a
method of irreversibly inhibiting IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant
thereof, activity
91
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
in a biological sample comprising the step of contacting said biological
sample with a compound
of this invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00237] The term "biological sample", as used herein, includes, without
limitation, cell
cultures or extracts thereof; biopsied material obtained from a mammal or
extracts thereof; and
blood, saliva, urine, feces, semen, tears, or other body fluids or extracts
thereof
[00238] Inhibition of protein kinase, or a protein kinase selected from IRAK-
1, IRAK-2,
and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a biological sample is useful
for a variety of
purposes that are known to one of skill in the art. Examples of such purposes
include, but are not
limited to, blood transfusion, organ-transplantation, biological specimen
storage, and biological
assays.
[00239] Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of
inhibiting protein
kinase activity in a patient comprising the step of administering to said
patient a compound of the
present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
[00240] According to another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of
inhibiting one
or more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, activity in a
patient
comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound of the present
invention, or a
composition comprising said compound. According to certain embodiments, the
invention
relates to a method of irreversibly inhibiting one or more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2,
and/or IRAK-4,
or a mutant thereof, activity in a patient comprising the step of
administering to said patient a
compound of the present invention, or a composition comprising said compound.
In other
embodiments, the present invention provides a method for treating a disorder
mediated by one or
more of IRAK-1, IRAK-2, and/or IRAK-4, or a mutant thereof, in a patient in
need thereof,
comprising the step of administering to said patient a compound according to
the present
invention or pharmaceutically acceptable composition thereof Such disorders
are described in
detail herein.
[00241] Depending upon the particular condition, or disease, to be treated,
additional
therapeutic agents that are normally administered to treat that condition, may
also be present in
the compositions of this invention. As used herein, additional therapeutic
agents that are
normally administered to treat a particular disease, or condition, are known
as "appropriate for
the disease, or condition, being treated."
92
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00242] A compound of the current invention may also be used to advantage in
combination
with other antiproliferative compounds. Such antiproliferative compounds
include, but are not
limited to aromatase inhibitors; antiestrogens; topoisomerase I inhibitors;
topoisomerase II
inhibitors; microtubule active compounds; alkylating compounds; histone
deacetylase inhibitors;
compounds which induce cell differentiation processes; cyclooxygenase
inhibitors; MMP
inhibitors; mTOR inhibitors; antineoplastic antimetabolites; platin compounds;
compounds
targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase activity and further anti-
angiogenic compounds;
compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein or lipid
phosphatase;
gonadorelin agonists; anti-androgens; methionine aminopeptidase inhibitors;
matrix
metalloproteinase inhibitors; bisphosphonates; biological response modifiers;
antiproliferative
antibodies; heparanase inhibitors; inhibitors of Ras oncogenic isoforms;
telomerase inhibitors;
proteasome inhibitors; compounds used in the treatment of hematologic
malignancies;
compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of Flt-3; Hsp90
inhibitors such as 17-
AAG (17-allylaminogeldanamycin, N S C330507), 17-D MAG (17-
dimethylaminoethylamino-17-
demethoxy-geldanamycin, N5C707545), IPI-504, CNF1010, CNF2024, CNF1010 from
Conforma Therapeutics; temozolomide (Temodar); kinesin spindle protein
inhibitors, such as
SB715992 or 5B743921 from GlaxoSmithKline, or pentamidine/chlorpromazine from
CombinatoRx; MEK inhibitors such as ARRY142886 from Array BioPharma, AZD6244
from
AstraZeneca, PD181461 from Pfizer and leucovorin. The term "aromatase
inhibitor" as used
herein relates to a compound which inhibits estrogen production, for instance,
the conversion of
the substrates androstenedione and testosterone to estrone and estradiol,
respectively. The term
includes, but is not limited to steroids, especially atamestane, exemestane
and formestane and, in
particular, non-steroids, especially aminoglutethimide, roglethimide,
pyridoglutethimide,
trilostane, testolactone, ketokonazole, vorozole, fadrozole, anastrozole and
letrozole. Exemestane
is marketed under the trade name AromasinTM. Formestane is marketed under the
trade name
LentaronTM. Fadrozole is marketed under the trade name AfemaTM. Anastrozole is
marketed
under the trade name ArimidexTM. Letrozole is marketed under the trade names
FemaraTM or
FemarTM. Aminoglutethimide is marketed under the trade name OrimetenTM. A
combination of
the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an aromatase
inhibitor is
particularly useful for the treatment of hormone receptor positive tumors,
such as breast tumors.
93
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00243] The term "antiestrogen" as used herein relates to a compound which
antagonizes the
effect of estrogens at the estrogen receptor level. The term includes, but is
not limited to
tamoxifen, fulvestrant, raloxifene and raloxifene hydrochloride. Tamoxifen is
marketed under
the trade name NolvadexTM. Raloxifene hydrochloride is marketed under the
trade name
EvistaTM. Fulvestrant can be administered under the trade name FaslodexTM. A
combination of
the invention comprising a chemotherapeutic agent which is an antiestrogen is
particularly useful
for the treatment of estrogen receptor positive tumors, such as breast tumors.
[00244] The term "anti-androgen" as used herein relates to any substance which
is capable of
inhibiting the biological effects of androgenic hormones and includes, but is
not limited to,
bicalutamide (CasodexTm). The term "gonadorelin agonist" as used herein
includes, but is not
limited to abarelix, goserelin and goserelin acetate. Goserelin can be
administered under the
trade name ZoladexTM.
[00245] The term "topoisomerase I inhibitor" as used herein includes, but is
not limited to
topotecan, gimatecan, irinotecan, camptothecian and its analogues, 9-
nitrocamptothecin and the
macromolecular camptothecin conjugate PNU-166148. Irinotecan can be
administered, e.g. in
the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CamptosarTM. Topotecan is
marketed under
the trade name HycamptinTM.
[00246] The term "topoisomerase II inhibitor" as used herein includes, but is
not limited to the
anthracyclines such as doxorubicin (including liposomal formulation, such as
CaelyxTm),
daunorubicin, epirubicin, idarubicin and nemorubicin, the anthraquinones
mitoxantrone and
losoxantrone, and the podophillotoxines etoposide and teniposide. Etoposide is
marketed under
the trade name EtopophosTM. Teniposide is marketed under the trade name VM 26-
Bristol
Doxorubicin is marketed under the trade name Acriblastin TM or AdriamycinTM.
Epirubicin is
marketed under the trade name FarmorubicinTM. Idarubicin is marketed. under
the trade name
ZavedosTM. Mitoxantrone is marketed under the trade name Novantron.
[00247] The term "microtubule active agent" relates to microtubule
stabilizing, microtubule
destabilizing compounds and microtublin polymerization inhibitors including,
but not limited to
taxanes, such as paclitaxel and docetaxel; vinca alkaloids, such as
vinblastine or vinblastine
sulfate, vincristine or vincristine sulfate, and vinorelbine; discodermolides;
cochicine and
epothilones and derivatives thereof Paclitaxel is marketed under the trade
name TaxolTm.
Docetaxel is marketed under the trade name TaxotereTm. Vinblastine sulfate is
marketed under
94
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
the trade name Vinblastin R.PTM. Vincristine sulfate is marketed under the
trade name
FarmistinTM.
[00248] The term "alkylating agent" as used herein includes, but is not
limited to,
cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, melphalan or nitrosourea (BCNU or Gliadel).
Cyclophosphamide
is marketed under the trade name CyclostinTM. Ifosfamide is marketed under the
trade name
HoloxanTM.
[00249] The term "histone deacetylase inhibitors" or "HDAC inhibitors" relates
to compounds
which inhibit the histone deacetylase and which possess antiproliferative
activity. This includes,
but is not limited to, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA).
[00250] The term "antineoplastic antimetabolite" includes, but is not
limited to, 5-fluorouracil
or 5-FU, capecitabine, gemcitabine, DNA demethylating compounds, such as 5-
azacytidine and
decitabine, methotrexate and edatrexate, and folic acid antagonists such as
pemetrexed.
Capecitabine is marketed under the trade name XelodaTM. Gemcitabine is
marketed under the
trade name GemzarTM.
[00251] The term "platin compound" as used herein includes, but is not limited
to,
carboplatin, cis-platin, cisplatinum and oxaliplatin. Carboplatin can be
administered, e.g., in the
form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark CarboplatTM. Oxaliplatin can
be administered,
e.g., in the form as it is marketed, e.g. under the trademark EloxatinTM.
[00252] The term "compounds targeting/decreasing a protein or lipid kinase
activity; or a
protein or lipid phosphatase activity; or further anti-angiogenic compounds"
as used herein
includes, but is not limited to, protein tyrosine kinase and/or serine and/or
threonine kinase
inhibitors or lipid kinase inhibitors, such as a) compounds targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the
activity of the platelet-derived growth factor-receptors (PDGFR), such as
compounds which
target, decrease or inhibit the activity of PDGFR, especially compounds which
inhibit the PDGF
receptor, such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, such as imatinib,
SU101, SU6668
and GFB-111; b) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of
the fibroblast
growth factor-receptors (FGFR); c) compounds targeting, decreasing or
inhibiting the activity of
the insulin-like growth factor receptor I (IGF-IR), such as compounds which
target, decrease or
inhibit the activity of IGF-IR, especially compounds which inhibit the kinase
activity of IGF-I
receptor, or antibodies that target the extracellular domain of IGF-I receptor
or its growth factors;
d) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the Trk
receptor tyrosine kinase
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
family, or ephrin B4 inhibitors; e) compounds targeting, decreasing or
inhibiting the activity of
the AxI receptor tyrosine kinase family; f) compounds targeting, decreasing or
inhibiting the
activity of the Ret receptor tyrosine kinase; g) compounds targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the
activity of the Kit/SCFR receptor tyrosine kinase, such as imatinib; h)
compounds targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the C-kit receptor tyrosine kinases,
which are part of the
PDGFR family, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity
of the c-Kit
receptor tyrosine kinase family, especially compounds which inhibit the c-Kit
receptor, such as
imatinib; i) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of
members of the c-Abl
family, their gene-fusion products (e.g. BCR-Abl kinase) and mutants, such as
compounds which
target decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Abl family members and their gene
fusion products,
such as an N-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivative, such as imatinib or
nilotinib (AMN107);
PD180970; AG957; NSC 680410; PD173955 from ParkeDavis; or dasatinib (BMS-
354825); j)
compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of members of the
protein kinase C
(PKC) and Raf family of serine/threonine kinases, members of the MEK, SRC,
JAK/pan-JAK,
FAK, PDK1, PKB/Akt, Ras/MAPK, PI3K, SYK, TYK2, BTK and TEC family, and/or
members
of the cyclin-dependent kinase family (CDK) including staurosporine
derivatives, such as
midostaurin; examples of further compounds include UCN-01, safingol, BAY 43-
9006,
Bryostatin 1, Perifosine; llmofosine; RO 318220 and RO 320432; GO 6976; lsis
3521;
LY333531/LY379196; isochinoline compounds; FTIs; PD184352 or QAN697 (a P 13K
inhibitor) or AT7519 (CDK inhibitor); k) compounds targeting, decreasing or
inhibiting the
activity of protein-tyrosine kinase inhibitors, such as compounds which
target, decrease or inhibit
the activity of protein-tyrosine kinase inhibitors include imatinib mesylate
(GleevecTM) or
tyrphostin such as Tyrphostin A23/RG-50810; AG 99; Tyrphostin AG 213;
Tyrphostin AG
1748; Tyrphostin AG 490; Tyrphostin B44; Tyrphostin B44 (+) enantiomer;
Tyrphostin AG 555;
AG 494; Tyrphostin AG 556, AG957 and adaphostin
(4- {[(2,5-
dihydroxyphenyl)methyl] amino 1 -benzoic acid adamantyl ester; NSC 680410,
adaphostin); 1)
compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of the epidermal
growth factor family
of receptor tyrosine kinases (EGFRi ErbB2, ErbB3, ErbB4 as homo- or
heterodimers) and their
mutants, such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of
the epidermal
growth factor receptor family are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies
which inhibit
members of the EGF receptor tyrosine kinase family, such as EGF receptor,
ErbB2, ErbB3 and
96
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
ErbB4 or bind to EGF or EGF related ligands, CP 358774, ZD 1839, ZM 105180;
trastuzumab
(HerceptinTm), cetuximab (ErbituxTm), Iressa, Tarceva, OSI-774, C1-1033, EKB-
569, GW-2016,
E1.1, E2.4, E2.5, E6.2, E6.4, E2.11, E6.3 or E7.6.3, and 7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-
d]pyrimidine
derivatives; m) compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of
the c-Met receptor,
such as compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of c-Met,
especially compounds
which inhibit the kinase activity of c-Met receptor, or antibodies that target
the extracellular
domain of c-Met or bind to HGF, n) compounds targeting, decreasing or
inhibiting the kinase
activity of one or more JAK family members (JAK1/JAK2/JAK3/TYK2 and/or pan-
JAK),
including but not limited to PRT-062070, SB-1578, baricitinib, pacritinib,
momelotinib, VX-509,
AZD-1480, TG-101348, tofacitinib, and ruxolitinib; o) compounds targeting,
decreasing or
inhibiting the kinase activity of PI3 kinase (PI3K) including but not limited
to ATU-027, SF-
1126, DS-7423, PBI-05204, GSK-2126458, ZSTK-474, buparlisib, pictrelisib, PF-
4691502,
BYL-719, dactolisib, XL-147, XL-765, and idelalisib; and; and q) compounds
targeting,
decreasing or inhibiting the signaling effects of hedgehog protein (Hh) or
smoothened receptor
(SMO) pathways, including but not limited to cyclopamine, vismodegib,
itraconazole,
erismodegib, and IPI-926 (saridegib).
[00253] The term "PI3K inhibitor" as used herein includes, but is not limited
to compounds
having inhibitory activity against one or more enzymes in the
phosphatidylinosito1-3-kinase
family, including, but not limited to PI3Ka, PI3Ky, PI3K6, PI3KI3, PI3K-C2a,
PI3K-C213, PI3K-
C2y, Vps34, p110-a, p110-13, p110-y, p110-6, p85-a, p85-I3, p55-y, p150, p101,
and p87.
Examples of PI3K inhibitors useful in this invention include but are not
limited to ATU-027, SF-
1126, DS-7423, PBI-05204, GSK-2126458, ZSTK-474, buparlisib, pictrelisib, PF-
4691502,
BYL-719, dactolisib, XL-147, XL-765, and idelalisib.
[00254] The term "BTK inhibitor" as used herein includes, but is not limited
to compounds
having inhibitory activity against Bruton's Tyrosine Kinase (BTK), including,
but not limited to
CC-292 and ibrutinib.
[00255] The term "SYK inhibitor" as used herein includes, but is not limited
to compounds
having inhibitory activity against spleen tyrosine kinase (SYK), including but
not limited to
PRT-062070, R-343, R-333, Excellair, PRT-062607, and fostamatinib
97
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00256] Further examples of BTK inhibitory compounds, and conditions treatable
by such
compounds in combination with compounds of this invention can be found in
W02008039218
and W02011090760, the entirety of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[00257] Further examples of SYK inhibitory compounds, and conditions treatable
by such
compounds in combination with compounds of this invention can be found in
W02003063794,
W02005007623, and W02006078846, the entirety of which are incorporated herein
by
reference.
[00258] Further examples of PI3K inhibitory compounds, and conditions
treatable by such
compounds in combination with compounds of this invention can be found in
W02004019973,
W02004089925, W02007016176, US8138347, W02002088112, W02007084786,
W02007129161, W02006122806, W02005113554, and W02007044729 the entirety of
which
are incorporated herein by reference.
[00259] Further examples of JAK inhibitory compounds, and conditions treatable
by such
compounds in combination with compounds of this invention can be found in
W02009114512,
W02008109943, W02007053452, W02000142246, and W02007070514, the entirety of
which
are incorporated herein by reference.
[00260] Further anti-angiogenic compounds include compounds having another
mechanism
for their activity, e.g. unrelated to protein or lipid kinase inhibition e.g.
thalidomide
(ThalomidTm) and TNP-470.
[00261] Examples of proteasome inhibitors useful for use in combination with
compounds of
the invention include, but are not limited to bortezomib, disulfiram,
epigallocatechin-3-gallate
(EGCG), salinosporamide A, carfilzomib, ONX-0912, CEP-18770, and MLN9708.
[00262] Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of a protein
or lipid
phosphatase are e.g. inhibitors of phosphatase 1, phosphatase 2A, or CDC25,
such as okadaic
acid or a derivative thereof.
[00263] Compounds which induce cell differentiation processes include, but are
not limited
to, retinoic acid, a- y- or 6- tocopherol or a- y- or 6-tocotrienol.
[00264] The term cyclooxygenase inhibitor as used herein includes, but is not
limited to, Cox-
2 inhibitors, 5-alkyl substituted 2-arylaminophenylacetic acid and
derivatives, such as celecoxib
(CelebrexTm), rofecoxib (VioxxTm), etoricoxib, valdecoxib or a 5-alky1-2-
arylaminophenylacetic
acid, such as 5-methy1-2-(2'-chloro-6'-fluoroanilino)phenyl acetic acid,
lumiracoxib.
98
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00265] The term "bisphosphonates" as used herein includes, but is not limited
to, etridonic,
clodronic, tiludronic, pamidronic, alendronic, ibandronic, risedronic and
zoledronic acid.
Etridonic acid is marketed under the trade name DidronelTM. Clodronic acid is
marketed under
the trade name BonefosTM. Tiludronic acid is marketed under the trade name
SkelidTM.
Pamidronic acid is marketed under the trade name ArediaTM. Alendronic acid is
marketed under
the trade name FosamaxTM. Ibandronic acid is marketed under the trade name
BondranatTM.
Risedronic acid is marketed under the trade name ActonelTM. Zoledronic acid is
marketed under
the trade name ZometaTM. The term "mTOR inhibitors" relates to compounds which
inhibit the
mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR) and which possess antiproliferative
activity such as
sirolimus (Rapamune0), everolimus (CerticanTm), CCI-779 and ABT578.
[00266] The term "heparanase inhibitor" as used herein refers to compounds
which target,
decrease or inhibit heparin sulfate degradation. The term includes, but is not
limited to, PI-88.
The term "biological response modifier" as used herein refers to a lymphokine
or interferons.
[00267] The term "inhibitor of Ras oncogenic isoforms", such as H-Ras, K-Ras,
or N-Ras, as
used herein refers to compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the
oncogenic activity of Ras;
for example, a "farnesyl transferase inhibitor" such as L-744832, DK8G557 or
R115777
(ZarnestraTm). The term "telomerase inhibitor" as used herein refers to
compounds which target,
decrease or inhibit the activity of telomerase. Compounds which target,
decrease or inhibit the
activity of telomerase are especially compounds which inhibit the telomerase
receptor, such as
telomestatin.
[00268] The term "methionine aminopeptidase inhibitor" as used herein refers
to compounds
which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase.
Compounds which
target, decrease or inhibit the activity of methionine aminopeptidase include,
but are not limited
to, bengamide or a derivative thereof
[00269] The term "proteasome inhibitor" as used herein refers to compounds
which target,
decrease or inhibit the activity of the proteasome. Compounds which target,
decrease or inhibit
the activity of the proteasome include, but are not limited to, Bortezomib
(VelcadeTM) and MLN
341.
[00270] The term "matrix metalloproteinase inhibitor" or ("MMP" inhibitor) as
used herein
includes, but is not limited to, collagen peptidomimetic and nonpeptidomimetic
inhibitors,
tetracycline derivatives, e.g. hydroxamate peptidomimetic inhibitor batimastat
and its orally
99
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
bioavailable analogue marimastat (BB-2516), prinomastat (AG3340), metastat
(NSC 683551)
BMS-279251 ,BAY 12-9566, TAA211 , MMI270B or AAJ996.
[00271] The term "compounds used in the treatment of hematologic malignancies"
as used
herein includes, but is not limited to, FMS-like tyrosine kinase inhibitors,
which are compounds
targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the activity of FMS-like tyrosine kinase
receptors (Flt-3R);
interferon, 1-13-D-arabinofuransylcytosine (ara-c) and bisulfan; and ALK
inhibitors, which are
compounds which target, decrease or inhibit anaplastic lymphoma kinase.
[00272] Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit the activity of FMS-like
tyrosine kinase
receptors (Flt-3R) are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which
inhibit members of the
Flt-3R receptor kinase family, such as PKC412, midostaurin, a staurosporine
derivative,
SU11248 and MLN518.
[00273] The term "HSP90 inhibitors" as used herein includes, but is not
limited to,
compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the intrinsic ATPase activity of
HSP90;
degrading, targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the HSP90 client proteins via
the ubiquitin
proteosome pathway. Compounds targeting, decreasing or inhibiting the
intrinsic ATPase
activity of HSP90 are especially compounds, proteins or antibodies which
inhibit the ATPase
activity of HSP90, such as 17-allylamino,17-demethoxygeldanamycin (17AAG), a
geldanamycin
derivative; other geldanamycin related compounds; radicicol and HDAC
inhibitors.
[00274] The term "antiproliferative antibodies" as used herein includes, but
is not limited to,
trastuzumab (HerceptinTm), Trastuzumab-DM1, erbitux, bevacizumab (AvastinTm),
rituximab
(Rituxanc)), PR064553 (anti-CD40) and 2C4 Antibody. By antibodies is meant
intact
monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies formed
from at least 2
intact antibodies, and antibodies fragments so long as they exhibit the
desired biological activity.
[00275] For the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML), compounds of the
current
invention can be used in combination with standard leukemia therapies,
especially in
combination with therapies used for the treatment of AML. In particular,
compounds of the
current invention can be administered in combination with, for example,
farnesyl transferase
inhibitors and/or other drugs useful for the treatment of AML, such as
Daunorubicin,
Adriamycin, Ara-C, VP-16, Teniposide, Mitoxantrone, Idarubicin, Carboplatinum
and PKC412.
[00276] Other anti-leukemic compounds include, for example, Ara-C, a
pyrimidine analog,
which is the 2' -alpha-hydroxy ribose (arabinoside) derivative of
deoxycytidine. Also included is
100
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
the purine analog of hypoxanthine, 6-mercaptopurine (6-MP) and fludarabine
phosphate.
Compounds which target, decrease or inhibit activity of histone deacetylase
(HDAC) inhibitors
such as sodium butyrate and suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA) inhibit the
activity of the
enzymes known as histone deacetylases. Specific HDAC inhibitors include M5275,
SAHA,
FK228 (formerly FR901228), Trichostatin A and compounds disclosed in US
6,552,065
including, but not limited to, N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methy1-1H-indo1-3-y1)-
ethyl]-
amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof and N-
hydroxy-3- [4- [(2-hydroxyethyl) {2-(1H-indo1-3-yl)ethyl] -
amino]methyl]pheny1]-2E-2-
propenamide, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, especially the
lactate salt.
Somatostatin receptor antagonists as used herein refer to compounds which
target, treat or inhibit
the somatostatin receptor such as octreotide, and 50M230. Tumor cell damaging
approaches
refer to approaches such as ionizing radiation. The term "ionizing radiation"
referred to above
and hereinafter means ionizing radiation that occurs as either electromagnetic
rays (such as X-
rays and gamma rays) or particles (such as alpha and beta particles). Ionizing
radiation is
provided in, but not limited to, radiation therapy and is known in the art.
See Hellman, Principles
of Radiation Therapy, Cancer, in Principles and Practice of Oncology, Devita
et al., Eds., 4th
Edition, Vol. 1 , pp. 248-275 (1993).
[00277] Also included are EDG binders and ribonucleotide reductase inhibitors.
The term
"EDG binders" as used herein refers to a class of immunosuppressants that
modulates
lymphocyte recirculation, such as FTY720. The term "ribonucleotide reductase
inhibitors"
refers to pyrimidine or purine nucleoside analogs including, but not limited
to, fludarabine and/or
cytosine arabinoside (ara-C), 6-thioguanine, 5-fluorouracil, cladribine, 6-
mercaptopurine
(especially in combination with ara-C against ALL) and/or pentostatin.
Ribonucleotide reductase
inhibitors are especially hydroxyurea or 2-hydroxy-1H-isoindole-1 ,3-dione
derivatives.
[00278] Also included are in particular those compounds, proteins or
monoclonal antibodies
of VEGF such as 1-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine or a
pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof, 1-(4-chloroanilino)-4-(4-pyridylmethyl)phthalazine
succinate;
AngiostatinTM; Endo statinTm; anthranilic acid amides; ZD4190; ZD6474; 5U5416;
5U6668;
bevacizumab; or anti-VEGF antibodies or anti-VEGF receptor antibodies, such as
rhuMAb and
RHUFab, VEGF aptamer such as Macugon; FLT-4 inhibitors, FLT-3 inhibitors,
VEGFR-2 IgGI
antibody, Angiozyme (RPI 4610) and Bevacizumab (AvastinTm).
101
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00279] Photodynamic therapy as used herein refers to therapy which uses
certain chemicals
known as photosensitizing compounds to treat or prevent cancers. Examples of
photodynamic
therapy include treatment with compounds, such as VisudyneTM and porfimer
sodium.
[00280] Angiostatic steroids as used herein refers to compounds which block or
inhibit
angiogenesis, such as, e.g., anecortave, triamcinolone, hydrocortisone, 11-a-
epihydrocotisol,
cortexolone, 17a-hydroxyprogesterone, corticosterone, desoxycorticosterone,
testosterone,
estrone and dexamethasone.
[00281] Implants containing corticosteroids refers to compounds, such as
fluocinolone and
dexamethasone.
[00282] Other chemotherapeutic compounds include, but are not limited to,
plant alkaloids,
hormonal compounds and antagonists; biological response modifiers, preferably
lymphokines or
interferons; antisense oligonucleotides or oligonucleotide derivatives; shRNA
or siRNA; or
miscellaneous compounds or compounds with other or unknown mechanism of
action.
[00283] The compounds of the invention are also useful as co-therapeutic
compounds for use
in combination with other drug substances such as anti-inflammatory,
bronchodilatory or
antihistamine drug substances, particularly in the treatment of obstructive or
inflammatory
airways diseases such as those mentioned hereinbefore, for example as
potentiators of
therapeutic activity of such drugs or as a means of reducing required dosaging
or potential side
effects of such drugs. A compound of the invention may be mixed with the other
drug substance
in a fixed pharmaceutical composition or it may be administered separately,
before,
simultaneously with or after the other drug substance. Accordingly the
invention includes a
combination of a compound of the invention as hereinbefore described with an
anti-
inflammatory, bronchodilatory, antihistamine or anti-tussive drug substance,
said compound of
the invention and said drug substance being in the same or different
pharmaceutical composition.
[00284] Suitable anti-inflammatory drugs include steroids, in particular
glucocorticosteroids
such as budesonide, beclamethasone dipropionate, fluticasone propionate,
ciclesonide or
mometasone furoate; non-steroidal glucocorticoid receptor agonists; LTB4
antagonists such
LY293111, CG5025019C, CP-195543, SC-53228, BIIL 284, ONO 4057, SB 209247; LTD4
antagonists such as montelukast and zafirlukast; PDE4 inhibitors such
cilomilast (Ariflo0
Glaxo SmithKline), Roflumilast (Byk Gulden),V-11294A (Napp), BAY19-8004
(Bayer), S CH-
351591 (Schering- Plough), Arofylline (Almirall Prodesfarma), PD189659 /
PD168787 (Parke-
102
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Davis), AWD-12- 281 (Asta Medica), CDC-801 (Celgene), SeICID(TM) CC-10004
(Celgene),
VM554/1JM565 (Vernalis), T-440 (Tanabe), KW-4490 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo); A2a
agonists;
A2b antagonists; and beta-2 adrenoceptor agonists such as albuterol
(salbutamol),
metaproterenol, terbutaline, salmeterol fenoterol, procaterol, and especially,
formoterol and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Suitable bronchodilatory drugs
include anticholinergic
or antimuscarinic compounds, in particular ipratropium bromide, oxitropium
bromide, tiotropium
salts and CHF 4226 (Chiesi), and glycopyrrolate.
[00285] Suitable antihistamine drug substances include cetirizine
hydrochloride,
acetaminophen, clemastine fumarate, promethazine, loratidine, desloratidine,
diphenhydramine
and fexofenadine hydrochloride, activastine, astemizole, azelastine, ebastine,
epinastine,
mizolastine and tefenadine.
[00286] Other useful combinations of compounds of the invention with anti-
inflammatory
drugs are those with antagonists of chemokine receptors, e.g. CCR-1 , CCR-2,
CCR-3, CCR-4,
CCR-5, CCR-6, CCR-7, CCR-8, CCR-9 and CCR10, CXCR1 , CXCR2, CXCR3, CXCR4,
CXCR5, particularly CCR-5 antagonists such as Schering-Plough antagonists SC-
351125, SCH-
55700 and SCH-D, and Takeda antagonists such as N-[[4-[[[6,7-dihydro-2-(4-
methylpheny1)-
5H-b enzo- cyclohepten-8-yl] carbonyl] amino]phenyl] -methyl]tetrahydro-N,N-
dimethy1-2H-
pyran-4- aminium chloride (TAK-770).
[00287] The structure of the active compounds identified by code numbers,
generic or trade
names may be taken from the actual edition of the standard compendium "The
Merck Index" or
from databases, e.g. Patents International (e.g. IMS World Publications).
[00288] A compound of the current invention may also be used in combination
with known
therapeutic processes, for example, the administration of hormones or
radiation. In certain
embodiments, a provided compound is used as a radiosensitizer, especially for
the treatment of
tumors which exhibit poor sensitivity to radiotherapy.
[00289] A compound of the current invention can be administered alone or in
combination
with one or more other therapeutic compounds, possible combination therapy
taking the form of
fixed combinations or the administration of a compound of the invention and
one or more other
therapeutic compounds being staggered or given independently of one another,
or the combined
administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic
compounds. A
compound of the current invention can besides or in addition be administered
especially for
103
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
tumor therapy in combination with chemotherapy, radiotherapy, immunotherapy,
phototherapy,
surgical intervention, or a combination of these. Long-term therapy is equally
possible as is
adjuvant therapy in the context of other treatment strategies, as described
above. Other possible
treatments are therapy to maintain the patient's status after tumor
regression, or even
chemopreventive therapy, for example in patients at risk.
[00290] Those additional agents may be administered separately from an
inventive
compound-containing composition, as part of a multiple dosage regimen.
Alternatively, those
agents may be part of a single dosage form, mixed together with a compound of
this invention in
a single composition. If administered as part of a multiple dosage regime, the
two active agents
may be submitted simultaneously, sequentially or within a period of time from
one another
normally within five hours from one another.
[00291] As used herein, the term "combination," "combined," and related terms
refers to the
simultaneous or sequential administration of therapeutic agents in accordance
with this
invention. For example, a compound of the present invention may be
administered with another
therapeutic agent simultaneously or sequentially in separate unit dosage forms
or together in a
single unit dosage form. Accordingly, the present invention provides a single
unit dosage form
comprising a compound of the current invention, an additional therapeutic
agent, and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, adjuvant, or vehicle.
[00292] The amount of both an inventive compound and additional therapeutic
agent (in those
compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent as described
above) that may be
combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary
depending upon
the host treated and the particular mode of administration. Preferably,
compositions of this
invention should be formulated so that a dosage of between 0.01 - 100 mg/kg
body weight/day of
an inventive compound can be administered.
[00293] In those compositions which comprise an additional therapeutic agent,
that additional
therapeutic agent and the compound of this invention may act synergistically.
Therefore, the
amount of additional therapeutic agent in such compositions will be less than
that required in a
monotherapy utilizing only that therapeutic agent. In such compositions a
dosage of between
0.01 ¨ 1,000 ug/kg body weight/day of the additional therapeutic agent can be
administered.
[00294] The amount of additional therapeutic agent present in the compositions
of this
invention will be no more than the amount that would normally be administered
in a composition
104
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
comprising that therapeutic agent as the only active agent. Preferably the
amount of additional
therapeutic agent in the presently disclosed compositions will range from
about 50% to 100% of
the amount normally present in a composition comprising that agent as the only
therapeutically
active agent.
[00295] The compounds of this invention, or pharmaceutical compositions
thereof, may also
be incorporated into compositions for coating an implantable medical device,
such as prostheses,
artificial valves, vascular grafts, stents and catheters. Vascular stents, for
example, have been
used to overcome restenosis (re-narrowing of the vessel wall after injury).
However, patients
using stents or other implantable devices risk clot formation or platelet
activation. These
unwanted effects may be prevented or mitigated by pre-coating the device with
a
pharmaceutically acceptable composition comprising a kinase inhibitor.
Implantable devices
coated with a compound of this invention are another embodiment of the present
invention.
EXEMPLIFICATION
[00296] As depicted in the Examples below, in certain exemplary embodiments,
compounds
are prepared according to the following general procedures. It will be
appreciated that, although
the general methods depict the synthesis of certain compounds of the present
invention, the
following general methods, and other methods known to one of ordinary skill in
the art, can be
applied to all compounds and subclasses and species of each of these
compounds, as described
herein.
105
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00297] Example 1: Synthesis of 12-N44-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9,11-
diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] do deca-1 (8),2(6),9,11-tetraen e-10,12- diamin
e (Compound 1.6).
0 OH
0
NCCH2COOEt NH2CONH2 \N 4100
I
Et0H/E0H/S sNH2 200 C, 1 h S N OH
POCI3, reflux
1.1 1.2 1.3
HCI
CI H2N.1N/
HN NH3/ Me0H
S N CI K2CO3/ CH3CN / I sealed tube
I
S N CI
S N NH2
1.4
1.5 1.6
[00298] Synthesis of compound 1.2. A solution of cyclopentanone (16.8 g,
199.72 mmol,
1.00 equiv), ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (22.6 g, 199.80 mmol, 1.00 equiv),
diethylamine (14.4 g, 199.8
mmol, 1.00 equiv) and S (6.4 g, 0.2 mol, 1.00 equiv) in ethanol (250 mL) was
stirred for 16 h at
room temperature. After concentration in vacuo, the resulting solution was
diluted with 500 mL
of water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 500 mL). The combined organic
layers were dried
over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied
onto a silica gel
column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:10) to afford 1.2 (14.7 g, 35%)
as a light yellow
solid. MS (ES): m/z 212 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): 5.84 (2H, br s), 4.26
(2H, q),
2.86-2.82 (2H, m), 2.76-2.72 (2H, m), 2.36-2.29 (2H, m), 1.34 (3H, t).
[00299] Synthesis of compound 1.3. 1.2 (500 mg, 2.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was
treated with
urea (2.1 g, 34.97 mmol, 15.00 equiv) at 180 C for 2 h in a sand bath. After
completion, the
reaction temperature was cooled down to room temperature naturally and diluted
with water. The
pH value of the solution was adjusted to 14 with 6 M aqueous sodium hydroxide
solution. The
formed solids were filtered out and the filtrate was adjusted to pH 4 with 2 M
hydrochloric acid.
The isolated solid was collected and purified by recrystalization with water.
The solid was dried
in an oven under reduced pressure to give 1.3 (0.2 g, 41%) as a pale solid.
[00300] Synthesis of compound 1.4. To a solution of 1.3 (3 g, 14.41 mmol, 1.00
equiv) in
POC13 (25 mL) was added N,N-dimethylbenzene (2 mL) and the resulting solution
was stirred
for 2 h at 120 C in an oil bath under nitrogen. After removal of excess
amounts of POC13 under
106
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
reduced pressure, the residue was poured into cooled aqueous sodium carbonate
solution and
extracted with 3x100 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were
dried and
concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column
with ethyl
acetate/petroleum ether (1:10) to afford 1.4 (3.1 g, 88%) as a white solid. MS
(ES): m/z 245
(M+H)'.
[00301] Synthesis of compound 1.5. To a solution of 1.4 (264 mg, 1.08 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in
acetonitrile (15 mL) was added 1-N,1-N-dimethylcyclohexane-1,4-diamine
hydrochloride (270
mg, 1.51 mmol, 1.40 equiv) and potassium carbonate (450 mg, 3.26 mmol, 3.00
equiv). The
solution was stirred overnight at 80 C in an oil bath under nitrogen. The
resulting solution was
diluted with Et0Ac and washed with brine. The organic layer was dried over
anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to provide 1.5 (300 mg, 79%) as a yellow
solid. MS
(ES): m/z 252 (M+H)'.
[00302] Synthesis of Compound 1.6. A 20-mL sealed tube was charged with a
solution of
1.5 (80 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of saturated methanol-NH3
solution. The resulting
solution was stirred overnight at 140 C in an oil bath and concentrated under
vacuum. The crude
product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC under the following
conditions
(SHIMADZU): column: SunFire Prep C18, 19*150 mm 5 gm; mobile phase: water with
0.05%
NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (6.0% CH3CN up to 50.0% in 12 min); UV detection at 254 nm.
This
afforded Compound 1.6 (13 mg, 17%) as a brown solid. MS (ES, m/z) : 332
(M+H)'. 1H NMR
(300 MHz, CDC13): 6 4.61 (s, 3H), 3.87-3.97 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.35-
2.45 (m, 2H),
2.24 (s, 6H), 2.01-2.18 (m, 3H), 1.86 (s, 3H), 1.29-1.41 (dd, 2H), 1.14-1.18
(t, 3H).
[00303] Example 2: Synthesis of 12-N44-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-10-N-methyl-
7-
thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] do de ca-1(8),2 (6),9,11-tetraen e-
10,12- diamin e
(Compound 1.7).
I I
io.õN
CH3NH2-THF
HN HN
Sealed tube, 70 C
....;.--1..õ ..,..-
S N CI S N N
H
1.5
1.7
107
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00304] To a 10-mL sealed tube was added 1.5 (120 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.00 equiv)
and
CH3NH2-H20 solution (40%, 3 mL). The solution was stirred overnight at 70 C
in an oil bath.
After completion of the reaction, the resulting mixture was concentrated under
vacuum and the
crude product (140 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC under the following
conditions
(Waters): column: SunFire Prep C18, 19*150 mm 5 gm; mobile phase: mobile
phase: water with
0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (25% CH3CN up to 100% in 15 min); flow rate: 20
mL/min; UV
detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and
partially
evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was
lyophilized
overnight to give Compound 1.7 (50 mg) as a white solid. MS (ES): m/z 346
(M+H)'. 1H NMR
(300 MHz, CD30D): 6 4.75-4.70 (1H, m), 4.64 (1H, d), 4.05-3.94 (1H, m), 3.00
(3H, d), 2.89-
2.87 (4H, m), 2.54-2.38 (2H, m), 2.32 (6H, s), 2.25-2.21 (3H, m), 1.96 (2H,
d), 1.50-1.35 (2H,
m), 1.29-1.19 (2H, m).
[00305] Example 3: Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-phenyl-
6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (I-1).
CI H C
H2N ,CNI 0 HNe0.41\1.) NH2
.,1
40
/ -11 ____________________________
S N CI /K2CO3 / CH3CN I 1\11 TMSCI,
butan-1-ol
1.4 SN CI
3.1
HNe>
[4XLN
S N N
1-1
[00306] Synthesis of compound 3.1. A solution of 1.4 (100 mg, 0.41 mmol, 1.00
equiv), 4-
(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan-1-amine dihydrochloride (143.8 mg, 0.56 mmol, 1.37
equiv) and
potassium carbonate (338 mg, 2.45 mmol, 5.99 equiv) in CH3CN (40 mL) in a 100
mL round-
bottom flask was heated to reflux overnight in an oil bath. The resulting
mixture was
concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column
with
dichloromethane/methanol (30:1). This resulted in 230 mg (96%) of 3.1 as a
white solid.
108
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00307] Synthesis of Compound I-1. In a 50-mL round-bottom flask a solution
of 3.1 (100
mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv), aniline (118 mg, 4.99 equiv) and TMSC1 (276 mg,
2.54 mmol,
12.35 equiv) in n-butanol (20 mL) was stirred overnight at 90 C in an oil
bath. The reaction
mixture was cooled to room temperature. The solids were collected by
filtration and washed with
2x10 mL of ether. The solid was dried in an oven under reduced pressure. This
resulted in 46.9
mg (38%) of!-! as an off-white solid. MS (ES): m/z = 450 [M-0.97HC1+H]'.
[00308] Example 4: Synthesis of 124[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy[-N-phenyl-
7-thia-
9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraen-10-amine (1-
2).
I I
õ0õN
CI Ho--( aniline
\ xantphos, Pd2(dba)3
()
/ I 11 _________________ 3... 0 ____________________ .
NaH / THF / 60 C dioxane / Cs2CO3
S Nr -CI
S N CI N N
H
1.4 4.1 1-2
[00309] Synthesis of compound 4.1. Sodium hydride (132 mg, 3.30 mmol, 5.06
equiv, 60%
dispersion in mineral oil) was treated with trans-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexan-
1-ol (113 mg,
0.79 mmol, 1.21 equiv) in 10 mL of distilled THF at room temperature for 1 h
under nitrogen.
Then a solution of 1.4 (160 mg, 0.65 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 5 mL of THF was
added via syringe
and the resulting solution was allowed to react, with stirring, for an
additional 5 h while the
temperature was maintained at 60 C in an oil bath. After cooling, the
reaction was then
quenched with saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with 5 x 50 mL of ethyl
acetate. The
combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under
reduced
pressure. The residue was purified via preparative TLC with
dichloromethane/methanol/NH4OH
(200:10:1) to afford the desired 4.1 (180 mg, 78%) as a light yellow solid.
[00310] Synthesis of Compound 1-2. To a mixture of 4.1 (160 mg, 0.45 mmol,
1.00 equiv),
aniline (186 mg, 2.00 mmol, 4.40 equiv), Cs2CO3 (245 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.65
equiv) in 1,4-
dioxane (20 mL) was added Pd2(dba)3 (14 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.03 equiv) and
Xantphos (17 mg,
0.03 mmol, 0.06 equiv) subsequently and degassed three times with nitrogen.
The reaction
mixture was stirred overnight at 110 C in an oil bath. After cooling down to
room temperature,
the reaction was quenched with water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl
acetate. The combined
organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated
under vacuum. The crude product (150 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC
under the
109
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
following conditions (Waters): column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD 5 gm, 19*150 mm;
mobile
phase: water with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (5.0% CH3CN up to 95.0% in 10 min,
hold at
95.0% for 3 min then ramp down to 5.0% in 2 min); flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV
detection at
254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected and evaporated to
remove solvents
under reduced pressure to give the desired 1-2 (51.1 mg, 28%) as an off-white
solid. MS (ES):
m/z 408 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D): 6 7.70 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.30 (t,
J = 7.6 Hz,
2H), 6.99 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.13(m, 1H), 2.94-2.91 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.33
(m, 11H), 2.10-
2.07 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.51 (m, 4H).
[00311] Example 5: Synthesis of N2-(3-fluoropheny1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-3).
ro ro
sc.õN foõN)
HN 3-fluoroaniline HN
____________________________________________ ,..
/ 1 TMSCI / butanol / 90 C / 1 i 0
S N CI S N N F
H
3.1 1-3
[00312] Compound 1-3 was prepared from 3.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound I-1 (Example 3), substituting 3-fluoroaniline for aniline. Isolated
100 mg of an off-
white solid in 56% yield. MS (ES): m/z 468 [M-0.97HC1+11]'. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
d6-DMS0):
6 10.6 (br s, 1H), 9.49 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.31-7.27 (q,
1H), 6.69 (td, 1H), 6.07
(d, 1H), 4.08-3.95 (m, 3H), 3.88-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.08 (m, 3H), 3.04(t, 2H),
2.85 (t, 2H), 2.40
(quintet, 2H), 2.25 (d, 2H), 2.16 (d, 2H), 1.72-1.48 (m, 4H).
[00313] Example 6: Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(m-
toly1)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (1-4).
110
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
ro ro
eo,õN
HN 3-methylaniline HN
IIl>
/ 1 :LI TMSCI / butanol / 90 C / 1 11
1.1
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-4
[00314] Compound 1-4 was prepared from 3.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound I-1 (Example 3), substituting 3-methylaniline for aniline. Isolated
100 mg of an off-
white solid in 57% yield. MS (ES): m/z 464 [M-0.93HC1+11]'. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d6):
6 10.79 (br s, 1H), 9.34 (br s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H),
7.22 (t, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H),
6.77 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.16 (br s, 1H), 4.10-3.92 (m, 3H), 3.90-3.80 (t, J=
12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.46
(d, J= 12.0 Hz, 2H), 3.18-3.08 (m, 3H), 3.02 (t, 2H), 2.85 (t, 2H), 2.45-2.38
(m, 2H), 2.33 (s,
3H), 2.26 (d, 2H), 2.14 (d, 2H), 1.67-1.45 (m, 4H).
[00315] Example 7: Synthesis of 10-N-(3-methoxypheny1)-12-N44-(morpholin-4-
y1)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo[6.4Ø0"[2,6]] dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-
tetraene-10,12-
diamine (1-5).
ro ro
HNII>3-methoxyaniline HN'el>
___________________________________________ I
TMSCI / butanol / 90 C
/ I \LI 0
S N N 0
S N CI
H
3.1 1-5
[00316] Compound 1-5 was prepared from 3.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound I-1 (Example 3), substituting 3-methoxyaniline for aniline. Isolated
100 mg of an off-
white solid in 86% yield. MS (ES): m/z 480 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6):
(59.10 (s,
1H), 7.54 (s, 1H), 7.28 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (t, J= 8.0, 1H), 6.48 (dd, J
= 8.0, 4.8 Hz, 1H),
5.86 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.10-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.58 (m, 4H),
3.00 (t, 2H), 2.84
(t, 2H), 2.43-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.06 (d, 2H), 1.89 (d, 2H),
1.55-1.30 (m, 4H).
[00317] Example 8: Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(p-
toly1)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (1-6).
111
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
ro ro
HN 4-methylaniline HN
IIII7j1 I .
/ 1 TMSCI / butanol / 90 C / 1 :LI 0
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-6
[00318] Compound 1-6 was prepared from 3.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound I-1 (Example 3), substituting 4-methylaniline for aniline. Isolated
120 mg of an off-
white solid in 68% yield. MS (ES): m/z 464 [M-0.96HC1+11]'. 1H NMR (400 MHz,
DMSO-d6):
6 10.95 (br s, 1H), 9.44 (br s, 1H), 7.60 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.15 (d, J= 8.0
Hz, 2H), 6.28 (br s,
1H), 4.11-3.95 (m, 3H), 3.88 (t, 2H), 3.48 (d, 2H), 3.17-3.05 (m, 3H), 3.02
(t, 2H), 2.86 (t, 2H),
2.50-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.21 (m, 5H), 2.13 (d, 2H), 1.70-1.41 (m, 4H).
[00319] Example 9: Synthesis of 10-N-(1H-imidazol-2-y1)-12-N44-(morpholin-4-
y1)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraene-10,12-
diamine (I-11).
ro ro
ro
H2N ITEM r.õ1\1)
r.õ1\1)
HNlIfi> 1-
11\r"j>
HNIvj> NF\L? HCI
_,...
Q------N N-I
CI Xantphos, Pd2(dba)3
S N Cs2CO3 / dioxane / 110 C S Nr ¨N N
H s' Em S NNN
H H
3.1 9.1 1-11
[00320] Synthesis of compound 9.1. Compound 9.1 was prepared from 3.1 in a
manner
analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-2 (Example 4). Isolated 100 mg of a
yellow solid in
60% purity.
[00321] Synthesis of Compound I-11. A solution of 9.1 (100 mg, crude) in 8 mL
of THF was
added hydrochloric acid (37%, 2 mL) at room temperature. The resulting
solution was stirred
overnight at 50 C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated
under vacuum, diluted
with water, neutralized with 2 M sodium hydroxide and extracted with DCM
(three times). The
combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in
vacuo and the
residue was applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol
(10:1). The crude
112
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
product was re-crystallized from methanol to afford 14.4 mg of the desired I-
11 as an off-white
solid. MS (ES): m/z 440 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): 6 6.84 (s, 2H), 4.85
(d, 1H),
4.10-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.68 (m, 4H), 2.94 (t, 4H), 2.62-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.55-
2.46 (m, 2H), 2.32-
2.21 (m, 3H), 2.02 (d, 2H), 1.55-1.38 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.12 (m, 2H).
[00322] Example 10: Synthesis of 12-N44-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]-10-N-(1,3-
oxazol-
2-y1)-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-
tetraene-10,12-diamine
(1-9).
N
HN
0 2 , CS2CO3
_______________________________________________ 3.
/ I Xantphos
dioxane / Pd2(dba)3
S N CI S NN 0
3.1 1-9
[00323] Compound 1-9 was prepared from 3.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-2 (Example 4). Isolated 7.1 mg of an off-white solid in 5% yield.
MS (ES): m/z 441
(M+H)+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): 6 7.46 (d, 2H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.85 (d, J =
7.2 Hz, 1H),
4.10-3.62 (m, 5H), 2.97 (t, 4H), 2.80-2.50 (m, 6H), 2.45-1.98 (m, 5H), 1.65-
1.40 (m, 2H), 1.35-
1.18 (m, 2H).
[00324] Example 11: Synthesis of 3-N44-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]-5-N-phenyl-
8-thia-
4,6-diazatricyclo[7.4Ø0[2,7]] trideca-1(9),2,4,6-tetraene-3,5-diamine (1-7).
0 OH
CI
Et2NH / Et0H / S Urea 8, r.t 200 C
S NH2 S Nr OH
S Nr CI
11.1 11.2 11.3
11.4
H2N 0 HNaniline HN
chi3cN, K2CO3 TMSCI, n-BuOH
S N CI S N N
11.5 1-7
113
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00325] Synthesis of compound 11.3. Compound 11.3 was prepared in a manner
analogous
to the synthesis of compound 1.3, substituting cyclohexanone for
cyclopentanone in the first
step. Isolated 4.8 g of a brown solid in 71% yield from cyclohexanone.
[00326] Synthesis of compound 11.4. A mixture of 11.3 (3 g, 13.50 mmol, 1.00
equiv) in 30
mL of phosphoroyl trichloride was heated at 110 C for 4 h in an oil bath
under nitrogen. The
resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was diluted with
100 mL of
Et0Ac and poured into a solution of cooled saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate. The resulting
solution was extracted with 2 x 300 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic
layers were
washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The crude product was
purified by re-
crystallization from Et0Ac to yield 11.4 (2.4 g, 69%) as a light yellow solid.
[00327] Synthesis of compound 11.5. Compound 11.5 was prepared in a manner
analogous
to the synthesis of compound 3.1. Isolated 621 mg a white solid in 79% yield.
[00328] Synthesis of Compound 1-7. Compound 1-7 was prepared in a manner
consistent
with the synthesis of Compound I-1 (Example 3). Isolated 5.6 mg of a white
solid in 7% yield.
MS (ES): m/z 464 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): 6 7.66 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 2H),
7.48-7.30
(m, 2H), 7.25-6.99 (m, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 5.05 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.09-3.67
(m, 5H), 2.84-2.75
(m, 9H), 2.55-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.92-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.85-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.19
(m, 2H).
[00329] Example 12: Synthesis of 3-N44-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]-5-N-(1,3-
oxazol-2-
y1)-8-thia-4,6-diazatricyclo [7.4Ø0 [2,7] ] trideca-1 (9),2(7),3,5-tetr aene-
3,5-diamine (1-8).
ro ro
ea.õN (7---N,...
0 NH2 , Na0But
HN HN
______________________________________________ i
Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3 / dioxane
N 0.--\
I \)
S N CI S NNN
H
11.5 1-8
[00330] A solution of 11.5 (122 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 1,3-oxazol-2-amine
(76 mg, 0.90
mmol, 3.02 equiv), t-BuONa (87 mg, 0.91 mmol, 3.02 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (27 mg,
0.03 mmol,
0.10 equiv) and Xantphos (17 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.10 equiv) in dioxane (20 mL) was
stirred for 3 h
at 100 C under N2. After completion, the resulting mixture was concentrated
under vacuum and
diluted with water, extracted with DCM, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The
residue was
applied onto a silica gel column with dichloromethane/methanol (1:10) to get
crude product
114
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
which was purified by re-crystallization from DCM/Me0H (V/V: 1/1). Isolated
66.6 mg of an
off-white solid in 49% yield. MS (ES): m/z 455 (M+H)'. 1H-NMR (300 MHz,
CDC13): 6 7.51 (s,
1H), 7.41 (s, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 5.09 (d, 1H), 4.15-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.81(br s,
5H), 2.90-2.50 (m,
9H), 2.32 (d, 2H), 2.15-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.88 (br s, 4H), 1.55-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.30-
1.10 (m, 2H).
[00331] Example 13: Synthesis of 10-N44-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)phenyl]-12-N44-
(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo[6.4Ø0[2,6]]dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9, 11-
tetraene-10,12-diamine (I-10).
ro ro
HN . N¨
Na0But/ clioxane N
HNe'K> HIA"->
_________________________________________ 3..
Xantphos, Pd2(dba)3
ILN 0
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-10
[00332] Compound 1-10 was prepared from 3.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-8 (Example 12), substituting 4-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)aniline for
1,3-oxazol-2-
amine. Isolated 68.6 mg of an off-white solid in 41% yield. MS (ES, m/z) 547
(M+H)'. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDC13): 6 7.60 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.84
(s, 1H), 4.80 (d, J =
7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.01 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.10-2.92 (m, 6H), 2.64-
2.43 (m, 10H), 2.33-
1.91 (m, 10H), 1.52-1.44 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 2H).
[00333] Example 14: Synthesis of N4-01r,40-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)-N2-(4-
(1-
methylpiperidin-4-yl)pheny1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-67).
I I
0,0,õN
HN HN N
Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3
/ 1 t-BuONa / dioxane
S N CI N S N N
H
1.5
el 1-67
H2N
[00334] Compound 1-67 was prepared from 1.5 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-8 (Example 12), substituting 4-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yl)aniline for
1,3-oxazol-2-
115
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
amine. Isolated 31.4 mg of a white solid in 15% yield. MS (ES): m/z 505
(M+H)'. 1H NMR
(300 MHz, CDC13): 6 7.59 (d, 2H), 7.16 (d, 2H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 4.76 (d, 1H),
4.10-3.90 (m, 1H),
3.05 (d, 2H), 2.98-2.85 (m, 4H), 2.5-2.22 (m, 14H), 2.21-2.00 (m, 5H), 1.95-
1.85 (m, 5H), 1.60-
1.38 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.15 (m, 2H).
[00335] Example 15: Synthesis of 5-N-(1H-imidazol-2-y1)-3-N44-(morpholin-4-
y1)cyclohexyl]-8-thia-4,6-diazatricyclo[7.4Ø0[2,7]]trideca-1(9),2(7),3,5-
tetraene-3,5-
diamine (I-12).
10.$)
HN
HN.9.1> Xantphos / Pd2(Oba)3 HCI / THF HN
Cs2CO3/ dioxane ' I A 2 then NaOH (aq )
SNNN
SNNN
S N CI HSEM H H
N N
11.5 H2 SEM 15.1 1-12
[00336] Compound 1-12 was prepared from 11.5 in a manner consistent with the
synthesis of
Compound I-11 (Example 9). Isolated 18.5 mg of an off-white solid in 8%
overall yield. MS
(ES): m/z 454 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): 6 6.82 (s, 2H), 5.12 (d, 1H),
4.10-3.90 (m,
1H), 3.82-3.65 (m, 4H), 2.82 (br s, 2H), 2.74 (br s, 2H), 2.70-2.51 (m, 4H),
2.40-2.15 (m, 3H),
2.05-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.60-1.35 (m, 2H), 1.32-1.15 (m, 2H).
[00337] Example 16: Synthesis of 12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl] oxy[-N-[4-
(4-
methylpiperazin-1-yl)pheny1]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0[2,6]]dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,11-
tetraen-10-amine (1-68).
0 0 N-
Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3 N)
/ / N
t-BuONa / dioxane I
S N CI S N N
N-
4.1 N) 1-68
H2N
[00338] Compound 1-68 was prepared from 4.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-8 (Example 12). Isolated 9.8 mg of an off-white solid in 6% yield.
MS (ES): m/z
116
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
507 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 9.25 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J = 9.0 Hz,
2H), 6.90 (d, J
= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 5.18-4.98 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.01 (m, 4H), 2.91-2.78 (m, 4H), 2.49
(s, 9H), 2.48-2.35
(m, 3H), 2.30-2.15 (m, 6H), 2.05-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.40 (m, 4H).
[00339] Example 17: Synthesis of 12-N44-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-10-N44-(4-
methylpiperazin-1-y1)phenyl]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,11-
tetraene-10,12-diamine (1-69).
1
r=.õN 1
(..õN
HNI.K>
Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3 HN1. r-N-
N
t-BuONa / dioxane ' / I j el
S N ci N
H
1.5 al N
1-69
H2N
[00340] Compound 1-69 was prepared from 1.5 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-8 (Example 12). Isolated 20.5 mg (8%) of a white solid. MS (ES):
m/z 506 (M+H)'.
1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 8.82 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d,
J = 8.8 Hz,
2H), 5.76 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.05-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.03 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H),
2.98 (t, J = 6.4 Hz,
2H), 2.81 (t, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (t, J= 4.8 Hz, 4H), 2.45-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.28-
2.10 (m, 10H),
2.02 (d, (t, J= 12 Hz, 2H), 1.86 (d, (t, J= 12 Hz, 2H), 1.52-1.38 (m, 2H),
1.35-1.20 (m, 2H).
[00341] Example 18: Synthesis of 12-N44-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexyl]-10-N44-
(piperidin-4-y1)phenyl]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraene-
10,12-diamine hydrochloride (I-70).
117
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
0
1101 0
0
0 Boc20, TEA
HN * NH HCI ___________ 3.- 1101 N * NH HCI __________ 1
HOAc / reflux DMAP / DCM
0
18.1
18.2
r0
N * NHBoc NH2NH2
HN0.0
_________________________________ D.- H2N * NHBoc +
0 Et0H / 50 C
N
18.3 I
S N CI
18.4
3.1
r0 ro
HN
io.õN.)
N_Boo HCI / DCM Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3
HN NH1.-
______________ D.
/ PI
t-BuONa / dioxane / I a 0 Si
S N N S N N
H H
18.5 1-70
[00342] Synthesis of compound 18.2. A solution of 4-(piperidin-4-yl)aniline
hydrochloride
(950 mg, 4.47 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran-1,3-dione (667.2
mg, 4.50
mmol, 1.01 equiv) in acetic acid (100 mL) was heated to reflux for 3 h. The
resulting mixture
was concentrated under vacuum to give 18.2 (1.49 g, 97%) as a white solid.
[00343] Synthesis of compound 18.3. A solution of 18.2 (1.49 g, 4.33 mmol,
1.00 equiv), 4-
dimethylaminopyridine (109 mg, 0.89 mmol, 0.21 equiv), triethylamine (1.805 g,
17.84 mmol,
4.12 equiv) and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.462 g, 6.70 mmol, 1.55 equiv) in
dichloromethane
(100 mL) was stirred for 3 h at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting
mixture was
washed with H20 and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were
washed with 1M
HC1 and brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After concentration
under vacuum the
residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel with Et0Ac/PE (1:30 to
1:10) to give 18.3
(1.44 g, 82%) as a white solid.
[00344] Synthesis of compound 18.4. In a 250-mL round-bottom flask a solution
of 18.3
(1.433 g, 3.53 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and NH2NH24120 (1.84 g, 36.71 mmol, 10.41
equiv) in 80 mL
of ethanol was stirred for 4 h at 50 C in an oil bath. The solids were
filtered out. The filtratewas
concentrated under vacuum and the residue was applied onto a silica gel column
with ethyl
118
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
acetate/petroleum ether (1:2) to give the desired tert-butyl 4-(4-
aminophenyl)piperidine-1-
carboxylate (446 mg, 46%) as a white solid.
[00345] Synthesis of compound 18.5. Compound 18.5 was prepared from 18.4 and
3.1 in a
manner analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-8 (Example 12). Isolated 120
mg (83%) of a
yellow solid.
[00346] Synthesis of Compound 1-70. To a solution of 18.5 (120 mg, 0.19 mmol,
1.00 equiv)
in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added 12 M hydrochloric acid (0.2 mL) followed
by stirring for
1 h at 0 C in a water/ice bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under
vacuum.
Compound 1-70 (43.8 mg, 41%) was obtained by precipitation in Me0H/Et20 as an
off-white
solid. MS (ES): m/z 533 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 5 7.55-7.44 (m, 4H),
4.27-3.92
(m, 5H), 3.61-3.51 (m, 4H), 3.35-2.95 (m, 10H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.26
(m, 4H), 2.14-1.98
(m, 4H), 1.84-1.63 (m, 4H).
[00347] Example 19: Synthesis of 12-N44-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-10-N44-
(piperidin-4-y1)phenyl]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,11-
tetraene-10,12-diamine hydrochloride (I-71).
I H2N NHBoc
18.4
K> -Boc
N
HN'f NH
HNIK> Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3HCI
_____________________________________ .-14--11N
-w..-XL Nj. 1110
t-BuONa / clioxane
S 1\1*I CH2C12 Q
N S NN
S N 'CI
1.5 19.1 1-71
[00348] Synthesis of Compound 1-71. Compound 1-71 was prepared from 1.5 and
18.4 in a
manner analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-70 from 3.1 and 18.4. Compound
1-71 (88.2
mg, 53%) was obtained as an off-white solid. MS (ES): m/z 491 (M+H)'. 1H NMR
(400 MHz,
CD30D): 6 7.53 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 1H),
3.57-3.50 (m,
2H), 3.37-2.92 (m, 14H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.28 (m, 4H), 2.15-2.08 (m,
4H), 1.65-1.78 (m,
4H).
[00349] Example 20: Synthesis of 12- [ [4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl] oxy] -N-
[4-
(pip er azin-1-yl)p h enyl] -7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] do
deca-1 (8),2(6),9,11-tetr aen-
10-amine (I-13).
119
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
I i--\ I I
r-sssr \I H2N . N NBoc
011) rN H
W
Oe'j> Xantphs,Pd2(dba)3 0...1 r NBoc
HCI N
or N _3õ, t-BuONao / 1 ,4-clioxane
CliihN / I
DCM s 1 \r N
N-- N H
H
4.1 20.1 1-13
[00350] Compound 1-13 was prepared from 4.1 and tert-butyl 4-(4-
aminophenyl)piperazine-1-
carboxylate in a manner analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-70 (Example
18) from 3.1
and 18.4. Isolated 56.9 mg of a white solid in 21% overall yield. MS (ES): m/z
493 (M+H)'. 1H
NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 9.25 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, J=
8.8 Hz, 2H),
5.15-5.05 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.95 (m, 4H), 2.92-2.78 (m, 8H), 2.45-2.40 (m, 3H),
2.25-2.10 (m, 9H),
1.88 (d, 2H), 1.55-1.36 (m, 4H).
[00351] Example 21: Synthesis of 12-N44-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-10-N-(1-
methyl-
1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo[6.4Ø0[2,611dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-
tetraene-10,12-
diamine (1-72).
I I
/L........./N¨ ea.õN
HN H2N HN
_________________________________________ A.
/ I Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / Na0But/
S N CI dioxane / 100 C S N N-
H
1.5 1-72
[00352] Compound 1-72 was prepared from 1.5 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-8 (Example 12), substituting 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine for 1,3-
oxazol-2-amine.
Isolated 85.3 mg (36%) of a white solid. MS (ES): m/z 412 (M+H)'. 1H-NMR (300
MHz,
CDC13): 6 7.86 (1H, s), 7.45 (1H, s), 6.65 (1H, s), 4.75 (1H, d), 4.04-3.93
(1H, m), 3.88 (3H, s),
3.01-2.82 (4H, m), 2.53-2.44 (2H, m), 2.38 (7H, s), 2.30-2.26 (2H, d), 2.06-
2.02 (2H, d), 1.54-
1.41 (2H, m), 1.32-1.18 (2H, m).
[00353] Example 22: Synthesis of N-(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-12-[[4-
(morpholin-4-
yl)cyclohexyl] oxy]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0[2,6]]dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraen-10-
amine (1-73).
120
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
CIHO 'NO ¨N
Olj>
/ IOs'j> NH2
S N CI NaHMDS / THF
/ IPd2(dba)3 /
Xantphos /
N CI X:N
N N
Na0But/ dioxane / 100 C
S
1.4
22.1 1-73
[00354] Synthesis of compound 22.1. To a solution of trans-4-(morpholin-4-
yl)cyclohexan-
1-ol (109 mg, 0.59 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in distilled THF (5 mL) was added NaHMDS
(2 M in
THF, 0.3 mL, 0.6 mmol, 1.20 equiv) at 0 C under nitrogen. After stirring for
30 min, 1.4 (120
mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.00 equiv) was added and the resulting solution was stirred
for 2 h at room
temperature. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of 10 mL of
saturated NH4C1 and
extracted with 3 x 50 mL of DCM. The combined organic layers were dried over
anhydrous
sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a
silica gel
column with dichloromethane/methanol (50:1) to give 150 mg (78%) of 22.1 as a
white solid.
[00355] Synthesis of Compound 1-73. Compound 1-73 was prepared from 22.1 in a
manner
analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-8 (Example 12), substituting 1-methy1-
1H-pyrazol-4-
amine for 1,3-oxazol-2-amine. Isolated 32.9 mg of a white solid in 19% yield.
MS (ES): m/z 455
(M+H)'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 5 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 5.18-5.02 (m,
1H), 3.88 (s,
3H), 3.75-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.08-2.89 (m, 4H), 2.66-2.63 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.32 (m,
5H), 2.12-2.04 (m,
2H), 1.63-1.55 (m, 4H).
[00356] Example 23: Synthesis of 10-N-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-12-N44-
(morpholin-
4-y1)cyclohexyl]-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6]]dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraene-10,12-
diamine (1-74).
HN
H2N HN1j>
/ I Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / Na0But/ ' I sN¨
dioxane
S N CI
3.1 1-74
[00357] Compound 1-74 was prepared from 3.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-8 (Example 12), substituting 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine for 1,3-
oxazol-2-amine.
121
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Isolated 55.3 mg (47%) of a light yellow solid. MS (ES): m/z 454 (M+H)'. 1H
NMR (300 MHz,
CDC13): (57.84 (1H, s), 7.60-7.46 (1H, s), 6.91-6.52 (1H, s), 4.76-4.73 (1H,
d, J = 9.0 Hz), 4.04-
3.95 (1H, m), 3.89 (3H, s), 3.78 (4H, s), 2.94-2.89 (4H, t, J= 7.5 Hz), 2.63
(4H, s), 2.53-2.44
(2H, m), 2.32-2.23 (3H, m), 2.15-2.04 (2H, m), 1.55-1.45 (2H, m), 1.31-1.19
(2H, m).
[00358] Example 24: Synthesis of 12-N-cyclohexy1-10-N-(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-
y1)-7-
thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraene-10,12-
diamine (I-15).
.Lz.._
CI 0¨NH2
HINI H2N
Pd2dba3 / Xantphos HINI
S N CI K2CO3 / CH3CN/ reflux / Na0But
/ dioxane / 100 C JL LiNI¨
S N CI S
N N
H
1.4
24.1 1-15
[00359] Synthesis of compound 24.1. Compound 24.1 was prepared from
cyclohexanamine
in a manner analogous to the synthesis of 1.5 from 1-N,1-N-dimethylcyclohexane-
1,4-diamine
hydrochloride. Isolated 60 mg (48%) of a white solid.
[00360] Synthesis of Compound 1-15. Compound 1-15 was prepared from 24.1 in a
manner
analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-8 (Example 12), substituting 1-methy1-
1H-pyrazol-4-
amine for 1,3-oxazol-2-amine. Isolated 13.9 mg of a white solid in 20% yield.
MS (ES): m/z 369
(M+H)'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): (57.81 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.08 (m,
1H), 3.89 (s,
1H), 3.03 (t, 2H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.53 (quintet, 2H), 2.03 (d, 2H), 1.83 (d,
2H), 1.69 (d, 1H) 1.52-
1.39 (m, 5H).
[00361] Example 25: Synthesis of 4-([10-[(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino]-7-
thia-9,11-
diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraen-12-yl]
amino)cyclo hexan- 1 -ol (I-16).
CI
2
H01-0¨.NH2
HNII>
HI\11> Pd2dba3 / Xantphos
______________________________________________________________ 1:4XINN __N
S N a K2CO3 / CH3CN/ reflux Cs2CO3 / dioxane / 100 C
N¨
õ
H
1.4 25.1 1-16
122
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00362] Synthesis of compound 25.1. Compound 25.1 was prepared from 4-
aminocyclohexan-1-ol in a manner analogous to the synthesis of 1.5 from 1-N,1-
N-
dimethylcyclohexane-1,4-diamine hydrochloride. Isolated 60 mg (45%) of a white
solid.
[00363] Synthesis of Compound 1-16. Compound 1-16 was prepared from 25.1 in a
manner
analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-2 from intermediate 4.1 (Example 4).
Isolated 21.2
mg (30%) of a yellow solid. MS (ES): m/z 385 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D):
(57.83 (s,
1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 4.20-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.02
(t, 2H), 2.93 (t, 2H),
2.52 (quintet, 2H), 2.04 (t, 4H), 1.65-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.30 (m, 2H).
[00364] Example 26: Synthesis of 12-N44-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]-10-N-phenyl-
7-
thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraene-10,12-
diamine (1-75).
I I
0ØõN ifo.õN
HN aniline, dioxane HN
____________________________________________ 1 .
Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3
S N CI S N N
H
1.5 1-75
[00365] To a solution of 1.5 (120 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dioxane (5 mL)
was added
aniline (60 mg, 0.72 mmol, 2.00 equiv), XantPhos (20 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.10
equiv) and Pd2(dba)3
(20 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.06 equiv) subsequently under nitrogen. The resulting
solution was stirred
overnight at 110 C. After completion of the reaction, the solids were
filtered out and the filtrate
was diluted with DCM and washed with brine. The organic layer was concentrated
under
vacuum and the crude product (80 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC under
the following
conditions (SHIMADZU): column: SunFire Prep C18, 19*150 mm 5 gm; mobile phase:
water
with 0.05% NH4HCO3 and CH3CN (25% CH3CN up to 100% in 15 min); flow rate: 20
mL/min;
UV detection at 254/220 nm. The product-containing fractions were collected
and partially
evaporated to remove water and CH3CN under reduced pressure. The residue was
lyophilized
overnight to give the 1-75 (20 mg) as a grey solid. MS (ES): m/z 408 (M+FI').
1H NMR (300
MHz, CD30D) 6 6.67 (2H, d), 7.26 (2H, t), 6.94 (1H, t), 4.10-4.02 (1H, m),
3.01-2.92 (2H, m),
2.91-2.87 (2H, m), 2.55-2.45 (2H, m), 2.34 (7H, m), 2.23 (2H, brs), 2.03 (2H,
brs), 1.46-1.42
(4H, m).
123
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
[00366] Example 27: Synthesis of 124[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy[-N-(1-
methyl-
1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-7-thia-9,11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0[2,6]]dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,11-
tetraen-10-
amine (I-14).
I I
H2NN-%¨\
N-
--N1'
0 0
_________________________________________ a
/ 1 Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / Na0But
S N CI dioxane / reflux S N N
H
4.1 1-14
[00367] Compound 1-14 was prepared from 4.1 in a manner analogous to the
synthesis of
Compound 1-8 (Example 12), substituting 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine for 1,3-
oxazol-2-amine.
Isolated 84.3 mg (48%) of a white solid. MS (ES): m/z 413 (M+H)+. 1H NMR (300
MHz,
DMSO) 6 9.34 (s, 1H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 5.11-5.09 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s,
3H), 2.86-2.84 (m,
4H), 2.42-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 9H), 1.90-1.85 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.39 (m, 4H).
[00368] Example 28: Synthesis of 2-[(3S)-124[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-
10-[(1-
methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino]-7-thia-9, 11-diazatricyclo[6.4Ø0[2,6]]dodeca-
1(8),2(6),9,
11-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (I-21).
/ 0 0
0
0 Et0 H1....2L 0
Et0 OEt
H2N 10 0/ 0/
OEt ___________________________ / SO\
NaH / dioxane
= / I 1 I.
/ \ triphosgene / TEA / DCM
OH
7-HN IP
- 0/
S NH2 S iN_I
28.0
28.1 28.2
0 0 0 0
Et0 Et0
'...2., 0 Et0 Et0
0
TFA POCI3 CI Chiral separation CI
Et0H / Ts0H
'toluene / I I 40 __________________________ .
/ 1 / 1 1
S N 0 0". /s I NO
S Nar CI S Nr CI
H
H 28.6
28.3 28.4 28.5
0 .
Et0¨c
CI
S NCI
28.9
0 N 0,,N1
0 0 I
HO.-0..,Ni\ Et0 00 ,NYD¨NH2 HO 0
NH,CI / HATU ... H2N
0,0 /
_________ .=
N/
NaH / THF / 60 C / 1 'Ilj Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / Na0But
/ I .p DCM / DIEA /s I NijNZN
S N-.- CI S N N
H H
28.7
28.8 1-21
124
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00369] Synthesis of compound 28.1. To a solution of triphosgene (2.205 g,
7.43 mmol, 1.0
equiv) in 80 mL of anhydrous DCM was added a solution of 28.0 (4.455 g, 14.98
mmol, 2.00
equiv) in DCM (20 mL) dropwise with stirring at 0 C, followed by addition of
TEA (3.8 g,
37.43 mmol, 5.0 equiv) via syringe under nitrogen. The resulting solution was
stirred for 1 h at
room temperature. To the mixture was added (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanamine
(5.01 g, 29.96
mmol, 4.00 equiv) and the resulting solution was allowed to react, with
stirring, for an additional
1 h at ambient temperature. The solids were filtered out, washed with 2 x 100
mL of DCM and
the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a
silica gel column
with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:5) to give 28.1 (4.5 g, 61%) as a yellow
solid.
[00370] Synthesis of compound 28.2. Sodium hydride (2.2 g, 55.00 mmol, 3.00
equiv, 60%)
was treated with 28.1 (9.0 g, 18.35 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 100 mL of dioxane
overnight at 100 C
under nitrogen. After cooling, the reaction was then quenched with water and
the pH value of the
solution was adjusted to 4 with 4 M hydrochloric acid. The solids were
collected by filtration and
dried in an oven (45 C) to yield 6.2 g (81%) of 28.2 as an off-white solid.
[00371] Synthesis of compound 28.3. To a solution of 28.2 (6.0 g, 14.41 mmol,
1.00 equiv),
ethanol (10 mL) and 4-methylbenzene-1-sulfonic acid (800 mg, 4.65 mmol, 0.32
equiv) in
toluene (110 mL) was stirred overnight at 120 C. After cooling, the reaction
was quenched with
aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 2 x 200 mL of ethyl
acetate. The
combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under
vacuum. The
residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum
ether (1/2) to give 28.3
(6.0 g, 94%) as a yellow solid.
[00372] Synthesis of compound 28.4. To a solution of 28.3 (6.0 g, 13.4 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in
50 mL of trifluoroacetic acid was stirred for 4.5 h at 50 C in an oil bath
under nitrogen. After
completion of the reaction, the resulting mixture was concentrated under
vacuum to give 28.4
(4.5 g, crude) as a white solid.
[00373] Synthesis of compound 28.5. Into a 250-mL round-bottom flask was
placed 28.4
(4.0 g, 13.59 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in POC13 (70 mL) under nitrogen and the
resulting mixture was
stirred overnight at 105 C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was
concentrated under vacuum
and the residue was diluted with 150 mL of Et0Ac. The pH value of the solution
was adjusted to
7-8 with saturated sodium bicarbonate and extracted with 2 x 150 mL of ethyl
acetate. The
organic layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated
125
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl
acetate/petroleum
ether (1:10) to give the desired 28.5 (1.95 g, 43%) as a light yellow solid.
[00374] Synthesis of compound 28.6. The enantiomers of 28.5 (2.3 g) were
separated by
chiral-SFC under the following conditions: Column: Phenomenex Lux 5u Cellulose-
3, 5*25 cm,
gm; mobile phase: 75% CO2 and 25% Me0H (0.01 DEA); flow rate: 200 g/min; UV
detection
at 220 gm. The first fraction to elute (tR = 3.5 min) were collected and
evaporated to remove
solvent under reduced pressure to give 900 mg of 28.6. The second fraction to
elute (tR = 4.25
min) was collected and evaporated to remove solvent under reduced pressure to
give 900 mg of
compound 28.9. The ee of 28.6 (98.5%) and of 28.9 were determined by
analytical chiral SFC
under the following conditions: Column: phenomenex Lux 5u Cellulose-3, 4.6*250
mm, 5 gm;
mobile phase: 90% CO2 and 10% Me0H (0.01 DEA); flow rate: 4 mL/min; UV
detection at 254
gm.
[00375] Synthesis of compound 28.7. Compound 28.7 was prepared from 28.6 by
reacting
with sodium hydride and dimethylaminocyclohexanol in THF. Isolated 0.55 g of a
light yellow
oil in 46% yield.
[00376] Synthesis of compound 28.8. A mixture of 28.7 (275 mg, 0.625 mmol,
1.00 equiv),
1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (152 mg, 1.56 mmol, 2.50 equiv), Pd2dba3 (28.6 mg,
0.03 mmol,
0.05 equiv), Xantphos (36.2 mg, 0.065 mmol, 0.10 equiv), Na0But (145 mg, 1.5
mmol, 2.5
equiv) in 30 mL of 1,4-dioxane was degassed three times with nitrogen. The
resulting mixture
was stirred for 4 h at 100 C. The reaction mixture was concentrated under
vacuum and the
residue was diluted with water. The pH value was adjusted to 5 with 1 M
hydrochloric acid and
extracted with 5 x 50 mL of chloroform/iso-propanol (3:1). The combined
organic layers were
dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Purification by
chromatography on
silica gel column with DCM/Me0H (10:1 to 2:1) gave 28.8 (180 mg, 62%) as a
grey solid.
[00377] Synthesis of Compound 1-21. Compound 1-21 was prepared from 28.8 by
treating
with ammonium chloride and HATU with DIEA in DCM. Isolated 35.9 mg of a white
solid in
20% yield. MS (ES): m/z 470 (M+H)'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 6 7.89 (1H, br
s), 7.59
(1H,$), 5.19 (1H, m), 3.89 (3H, s), 3.66 (1H, m), 2.83-2.99 (4H, m), 2.70 (7H,
m), 2.43 ( 2H, m),
2.14-2.39 (4H, m), 1.76-1.94 (4H, m).
[00378] Example 29: 2-(12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl] oxy]-10-(phenylamino)-
7-thia-
9, 11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0A [2,6]]dodeca-1(12),2(6),8, 10-tetraen-3-
yl)acetamide (I-17).
126
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
I
0
0 oc,õN
H01.-0..IN/ Et0
Et0,..3cz \
0
aniline / Pd2dba3
__________________________________ y ______________________________________
y.
/
NaH / THF / 60 C = 1 N Xantphos / Na0But
I I
S
S N CI N CI
28.5 29.1
I
0 I
0
eo,õN
HO H2N
0 NH4C / HOBt / EDCI 0
_________________________________________ y
e/ I NI lel DMAP /DMF
S N N S N N
H H
29.2 1-17
[00379] Synthesis of compound 29.1. NaH (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 543.4
mg, 22.64
mmol, 5.00 equiv) was treated with trans-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexan-1-ol (428
mg, 2.99
mmol, 1.10 equiv) in freshly distilled THF (10 mL) at room temperature for 1 h
under nitrogen.
To a solution of 28.5 (900 mg, 2.72 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of THF was
added via syringe
and the resulting solution was stirred for 3h at 60 C. After completion of
the reaction, the
reaction was cooled to room temperature and quenched with saturated NH4C1 and
extracted with
3 x 100 ml, of DCM. The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over
anhydrous sodium
sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica
gel column with
dichloromethane/methanol (50:1 to 30:1) to give the desired 29.1 (0.55 g, 46%)
as a light yellow
oil.
[00380] Synthesis of compound 29.2. To a 50 mL of dry round-bottom flask
containing a
solution of 29.1 (270 mg, 0.62 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 15 mL of dioxane was added
Pd2dba3 (31.9
mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.05 equiv), Xantphos (35.6 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.10 equiv), t-BuONa
(142.9 mg,
1.49 mmol, 2.41 equiv) and aniline (142.9 mg, 1.54 mmol, 2.49 equiv)
sequentially at room
temperature. Then the reaction mixture was degassed three times with nitrogen
and stirred for 4 h
at 100 C. The solids were filtered out by filtration and the filtrate was
neutralized with 1 M
hydrochloric acid and extracted with 3 x 50 mL of CHC13/iso-propanol (3:1).
The organic layers
were dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to yield 215.2
(190 mg, crude) as
a white solid.
127
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
Synthesis of Compound 1-17. Into a 50-mL round-bottom flask was placed a
mixture of 29.2
(104 mg), NH4C1 (53 mg, 0.99 mmol, 4.58 equiv), HOBt (45 mg, 0.33 mmol, 1.54
equiv), EDCI
(87 mg, 0.45 mmol, 2.10 equiv) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (29 mg, 0.24 mmol,
1.10 equiv) in
DMF (6 mL) under nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at
room temperature.
The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with DCM and concentrated
in vacuo. The
residue was purified by preparative HPLC under the following conditions
(Waters): Column:
XBridge Shield RP18 OBD 5 gm, 19*150 mm; mobile phase: water with 0.01%
NH4HCO3 and
CH3CN (Gradient B% 20%-24%, run time 10 min); flow rate: 15 ml/min; UV
detection at 254
nm. This resulted in 4.6 mg (5%) of 1-17 as a solid. MS (ES): m/z 466 (M+H)'.
1H-NMR (300
MHz ,CD30D+CDC13): 6 7.65 (2H, d), 7.43-7.31 (2H, m), 7.15-6.99 (1H, m), 5.25-
5.05 (1H, m),
3.79-3.68 (1H, m), 3.08-2.82 (3H, m), 2.79-2.65 (1H, m), 2.61-2.31 (9H, m),
2.28-2.02 (4H, m),
1.75-1.39 (4H, m).
[00381] Example 30: Synthesis of 2-(12-[[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-10-
[[4-
(piperazin-1-yl)phenyl] amino] -7-thia-9, 11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ]
dodeca-1(12),2(6),8,
10-tetraen-3-yl)acetamide (I-18).
0 0 0
Et0 Aniline HO / Xantphos / Pd2(dba)3 :ON =
rN.Boc DIEAHA/TNUH4CI H2N
Boc
/ I t-BuONa / dioxane DMF/RT
N.õ.)
S N CI Q
_ N N
N N
29.1 30.1 30.2
0
H2N o
.õN
HCI / DCM 0i
N
/ y )
(
S N N
1-18
[00382] Synthesis of compound 30.1. To a 100 mL of dry round-bottom flask
containing a
solution of 29.1 (200 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 15 mL of dioxane was added
Pd2dba3 (25
mg, 0.023 mmol, 0.05 equiv), Xantphos (27 mg, 0.046 mmol, 0.10 equiv), t-BuONa
(110 mg,
1.15 mmol, 2.50 equiv) and aniline (192 mg, 0.69 mmol, 1.50 equiv)
sequentially at room
temperature. Then the reaction mixture was degassed three times with nitrogen
and stirred for 4 h
128
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
at 100 C. The solids were filtered out and the filtrate was neutralized with
1 M hydrochloric acid
and extracted with 4 x 50 mL of CHC13/iso-propanol (3:1). The combined organic
layers were
dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified
by
chromatography on silica gel with DCM/Me0H (20:1 to 10:1) to yield 100 mg of
desired 30.1 as
a white solid.
[00383] Synthesis of compound 30.2. To a solution of 30.1 (100 mg, 0.15 mmol,
1.00 equiv)
in dry DMF (5 mL) was added HATU (70 mg, 0.18 mmol, 1.20 equiv), DIEA (25 mg,
0.19
mmol, 1.26 equiv) and NH4C1 (25 mg, 0.47 mmol, 3.04 equiv) followed by
stirring overnight at
room temperature under nitrogen. The reaction was then quenched by the
addition of 20 mL of
water and extracted with 5 x 50 mL of DCM. The combined organic layers were
dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was
applied onto a silica
gel column with DCM/Me0H (20:1 to 10:1) to give 70 mg of 30.2 as an off-white
solid.
Synthesis of Compound 1-18. To a solution of 30.2 (20 mg, 0.03 mmol, 1.00
equiv) in DCM (5
mL) was added hydrochloric acid (37%, 0.2 0.2 mL) at 0 C. The resulting
solution was stirred
for 1 h at room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product
(20 mg) was
purified by preparative HPLC under the following conditions (Waters): Column:
XBridge
Shield RP18 OBD 5 gm, 19*150 mm; mobile phase: water with 0.01% NH4HCO3 and
CH3CN
(20%-24%, run time 10 min); flow rate: 20 mL/min; UV detection at 254 nm. This
resulted in
10.2 mg (60%) of Compound 1-18 as a white solid. MS (ES): m/z 550 (M+H)'. 11-I-
NMR (300
MHz ,CD30D): 6 7.57 (2H, J = 8.1 Hz, d), 7.00 (2H, J = 8.1 Hz, d), 5.25-5.08
(1H, m), 3.78-3.65
(1H, m), 3.20-2.80 (11H, m), 2.75-2.65 (1H, m), 2.48-2.25 (9H, m), 2.24-2.02
(4H, m), 1.75-1.45
(4H, m).
[00384] Example 31: Synthesis of 2-(124[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-10-
[(1-
methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino]-7-thia-9, 11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ]
dodeca-1 (8),2(6),9,
11-tetraen-3-yl)acetamide (I-20).
r.õNI 0 0
0
H2NNH4CI HATU / DIEA H2N
DMF/RT
Xantphos/ Pd2(dba)3 HO Et0/ t-BuONa/ dioxane N
ZN
- N N
S N CI S N N
29.1 31.1 1-20
129
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Compound 1-20 was prepared from 30.1 in a manner analogous to the synthesis of
compound
30.2. Isolated 10.6 mg of a white solid in 10% overall yield. MS (ES): m/z 470
(M+H)'. 1H-
NMR (300 MHz ,CD30D): 6 7.90 (1H, s), 7.56 (1H, s), 5.21-5.08 (1H, m), 3.88
(3H, s), 3.75-
3.60 (1H, m), 3.05-2.95 (3H, m), 2.95-2.78 (1H, m), 2.75-2.55 (1H, m), 2.54-
2.30 (9H, m), 2.25-
2.20 (4H, m), 1.75-1.45 (4H, m).
[00385] Example 32: Synthesis of 2-[(3R)-124[4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl]oxy]-
10-[(1-
methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino]-7-thia-9, 11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ]
dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,
11-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (1-22).
EtO HON Et0-1=c1.
0 = 0 rN
NaH / THE /60 C
PcI2dba3 / Xantphos / Na0But
S N CI S N
28.9 32.1
0 0
HO
Cr'sr\I -Ic =0µ1\1
NH4Cl / HATU H2N
.3 0 : 0
/ I a ZisNI DCM/DEA / ZisNI
S N N S N N
32.2
1-22
Compound 1-21 was prepared from 28.9 in a manner analogous to the synthesis of
Compound
1-21. Isolated 62.2 mg of a white solid in 5% overall yield from 28.9. MS
(ES): m/z 470 (M+H)'.
1H-NMR (300MHz, CD30D): 6 7.90 ( 1H, br s), 7.56 (1H,$), 5.22-5.12 (1H, m),
3.92 (3H, s),
3.78-3.62 (1H, m), 3.08-2.80 (3H, m), 2.75-2.50 (2H, m), 2.44 (6H, s), 2.41-
2.26 (2H, m), 2.25-
2.05 (4H, m), 1.70-1.46 (4H, m).
[00386] Example 33: Synthesis of 2-[(3R)-10-(phenylamino)-12-[[(1r,4r)-4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl] oxy] -7-thia-9, 11-diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ]
dodeca-1(8),2(6),9,
11-tetraen-3-yl]acetamide (1-24).
130
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
I I I
Et0-1c ...aN NH HOlc
40 2 0 H2N-Ic el0. 1\j F 0 NH4CI /
HATU
.3 0
I I
Xantpho Pd2dbs/Na0But a3
q---XLN 0 DCM / DIEA
' I *1
el
S N CI S N N
H S N N
H
32.1
33.1 1-24
Compound 1-24 was prepared from 32.1 in a manner analogous to the synthesis of
Compound
1-22 (Example 32). Isolated 27.8 mg of a white solid in 13% overall yield from
32.1. MS (ES):
m/z 466 (M+H)'. 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CD30D): 6 7.70 (2H, d), 7.32 (2H, t), 7.00
(1H, t), 5.18-
5.05 (1H, m), 3.65-3.50 (1H, m), 2.95-2.85 (2H, m), 2.82-2.71 (2H, m), 2.60-
2.46 (7H, s), 2.38-
2.28 (2H, m), 2.15-1.98 (4H, m), 1.62-1.40 (4H, m).
[00387] Example 34: Synthesis of (125)-3- [[(1r,40-4-(morpholin-4-
yl)cyclohexyl]oxy]-8-
thia-4,6-diazatricyclo [7.4Ø0 [2,7]]trideca-1(9),2(7),3,5-tetraene-12-
carboxylic acid (1-25).
o (-0
r0
a
Etalc
N--
c .Ø
HO"-C)."N O Et0-ic
2.)-NH2 EtOi
/ I Nil NaHMDS / THE / 0 Cq Pd2dba3 /
Xantphos / Cs2CO3
S NCI I dioxane / 100 C S N
N
S N CI H
28.9 34.1 34.2
r0 r0
HO-lc ilCr
NH4CI / HATU NHK n
__________________________________________________ C:?
1.-
N( E
Me0H/THF/1-120 N N 2-.1
/ I 1 C;I\J DCM/DA
/
S S N NH
H
34.3
1-25
Synthesis of compound 34.1. A solution of trans-4-morpholinocyclohexanol
(122.3 mg, 0.66
mmol, 1.1 equiv) in 5 mL of distilled THF was added NaHMDS (2 M in THF, 0.33
mL, 1.1
equiv) dropwise via a syringe at 0 C under nitrogen. Then 28.9 (200 mg, 0.6
mmol, 1.0 equiv) in
3 mL of THF was added at this temperature and stirred for 30 min. After the
reaction was
complete, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous NH4C1 and
extracted with
DCM, washed with brine, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was
purified by
131
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
chromatography on silica gel with DCM/Me0H/NH4OH (80:1:0.01 to 50:1:0.01) to
give the
desired product 34.1 (140 mg) as a light yellow oil.
[00388] Synthesis of compound 34.2. A mixture of compound 34.1 (140 mg, 0.292
mmol,
1.00 equiv), 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (42.5 mg, 0.437 mmol, 1.5 equiv),
Pd2dba3 (14.3 mg,
0.015 mmol, 0.05 equiv), Xantphos (18.1 mg, 0.030 mmol, 0.10 equiv), Cs2CO3
(286 mg, 0.876
mmol, 3.0 equiv) in 8 mL of dioxane was degassed three times with nitrogen.
The resulting
mixture was stirred for 2 h at 100 C. The reaction mixture was concentrated
under vacuum and
the residue was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The combined
organic layers were
washed with brine, dried and concentrated in vacuo. Purification by
chromatography on silica gel
with DCM/Me0H/NH4OH (80:1 to 30:1:0.01) to give the desired 34.2 (130 mg, 90%
purity) as a
yellow semi-solid.
[00389] Synthesis of compound 34.3. To the compound 34.2 (130 mg, 90% purity)
dissolved
in a mixture of THF/Me0H/water (3:3:1.5 mL) was added Li0H.H20 (40 mg) at room
temperature followed by stirring for 4 h at this temperature. The resulting
solution was
concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with 3 mL of
water, acidified with
1 M hydrochloric acid to pH 5 and extracted with CHC13/IPA (v/v: 3:1) four
times. The
combined organic layers were dried and evaporated in vacuo to give 100 mg
crude of 34.3 as a
yellow solid.
Synthesis of Compound 1-25. A mixture of 34.3 (60 mg, 0.12 mmol, 1.00 equiv)
in distilled
DMF (5 mL) was added NH4C1 (19.08 mg, 0.36 mmol, 3.08 equiv), HATU (54.7 mg,
0.14
mmol, 1.23 equiv) and DIEA (33.4 mg, 0.26 mmol, 2.21 equiv) and stirred for 3
h at room
temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was diluted with 5 mL of
H20 and extracted
with 3 x 20 mL of DCM and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product (56 mg)
was
purified by preparative HPLC under the following conditions (Waters): Column:
XBridge Shield
RP18 OBD 5 gm, 19*150 mm; mobile phase, water with 0.01% NH4HCO3 and
acetonitrile
(10%-35% in 10 min); flow rate: 15 ml/min; UV detection at 254 nm. This
resulted in 12.5 mg
(21%) of product 1-25 as a white solid. MS (ES): m/z 512 (M+H)'. 1H-NMR (400
MHz,
CD30D): 6 8.90 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 5.22-5.10 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.75-
3.50 (m, 5H), 3.02-
2.95 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.58 (m, 5H), 2.50-2.41 (m, 3H), 2.25-
2.08 (m, 5H), 1.70-
1.56 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.38 (m, 2H).
132
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00390] Example 35: Synthesis of 2-((R)-4-(((1r,4R)-4-
(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)oxy)-2-
((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5]
thieno [2,3-
d]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide (1-23).
Me
C
0
0l'c rN.Me 0
EtO HO
ic
0 N'ree
0
NH2 F 0NJ
NH4Cl/HATU
__________________________________________________ 3.
q-XL-s Pd2dba3 / Xantphos s NN
DCM/DIEA 110
/ Na0But S
35.1
32.1 1-23
Compound 1-23 was prepared from 32.1 in a manner analogous to the synthesis of
Compound
1-22 (Example 32), substituting 4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)aniline for 1-methy1-
1H-pyrazol-4-
amine. Isolated 5.4 mg of an off-white solid in 0.4% overall yield from 32.1.
MS (ES): m/z 564
(M+H)'. 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 5 8.40 (2.3H, brs), 7.58 (2H, d), 7.00 (2H,
d), 5.25-5.08
(1H, m), 3.75-3.65 (1H, m), 3.10-2.82 (16H, m), 2.75-2.60 (5H, m), 2.52-2.48
(2H, m), 2.30-2.12
(5H, m), 1.80-1.60 (4H, m).
[00391] Example 36: Synthesis of 2-(4-0(1r,40-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)-
oxy)-2-04-
(4-methylpiperazin-1-y1)phenyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno
[2,3-
d]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide (I-19).
Me
C
0
0 ,Me
HO
01C)
NH2
r;J NH4Cl/HATU H2N
S Pd2dba3 /Xantphos S 1sr N DCM/DIEA I
/ Na0But
S N
29.1 36.1
1-19
[00392] Compound 1-19 was prepared from 29.1 and 4-(4-methylpiperazin-l-
yl)aniline in a
manner analogous to the synthesis of Compound 1-18. Isolated 12.1 mg of an off-
white solid in
8% overall yield from 29.1. MS (ES): m/z 564 (M+H)'.
NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 5 7.47
(2H, d), 7.60 (2H, m), 6.90 (2H, d), 5.18-5.02 (1H, m), 3.70-3.45 (3H, m),
3.13-3.09 (4H, m),
3.05-2.70 (3H, m), 2.65-2.42 (6H, m), 2.37 (6H, s), 2.30-1.98 (9H, m), 1.65-
1.30 (4H, m).
133
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00393] Example 37. Synthesis of N2-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-78).
j
N
HN HN
HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA
Q-D N N
microwave / 140 C
S N CI S N N
3.1 1-78
[00394] A solution
of intermediate 3.1 (120 mg, 0.305 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in
anhydrous isopropanol (5 mL) was added 1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (51 mg, 0.46
mmol, 1.50
equiv) and 0.5 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dixoane). The resulting
solution was heated in
the microwave at 140 C for 1.5 h. After cooling to r.t, the mixture was
filtered and the crude was
purified via flash column chromatography to give 85.8 mg (60%) of N2-(1-ethy1-
1H-pyrazol-4-
y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morp ho lino cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5
]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (1-78) as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 468 (M+H); H-
NMR (300
MHz, CD30D) 5 7.88 (1H, s), 7.58 (1H, s), 4.15 (2H, q), 4.15-4.00 (1H, m),
3.80-3.72 (4H, m),
3.00 (2H, t), 2.89 (2H, t), 2.70-2.60 (4H, m), 2.50 (2H, quintet), 2.40-2.29
(1H, m), 2.25-2.18
(2H, m), 2.15-2.08 (2H, m), 1.55-1.35 (7H, m).
[00395] Example 38.
Synthesis N2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine, (1-79).
ifo,õN)
N
H 2N
HN HN
/ HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA
microwave / 100 C
S N CI S N N
3.1 1-79
134
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00396] A suspension of intermediate 3.1 (120 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 1-
(propan-2-y1)-
1H-pyrazol-4-amine (46.5 mg, 0.372 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and hydrochloric acid
(0.5 mL, 4 M in
hexane) in dry isoproanol (5 mL) was heated in the microwave at 140 C for 1.5
h. After cooling
to rt, the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was
applied onto a silica
gel column with dichloromethane/methanol/ammonia (20:1:0.1) to give 66.1 mg
(45%) of
synthesis N2-(1-isopropy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morpholino-cyclohexyl)-
6,7-dihydro-
5H-cyclo-penta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (I-79), as a white
solid. LCMS
(ES,m/z):482 [M+H] '. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 6 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H),
4.49-4.40 (m,
1H), 4.04-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.68 (m, 4H), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.83 (t, 2H), 2.78-
2.62 (m, 4H), 2.50-
2.45 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.25-2.14 (m, 2H), 2.11-1.99 (m, 2H) , 1.47
(d, 6H), 1.46-1.32
(m,4H).
[00397] Example 39. Synthesis of N2-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (I-80).
ro ro
NH oc,õN
N
H2N?
HN ____________________________________________ w HN
Pd2dba3 / BINAP
Cs2CO3 / dioxane / 100 C
...... ,NH
S N CI S NNN
H
3.1 1-80
[00398] To a solution of intermediate 3.1 (150 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 6
mL of
anhydrous dioxane were added Cs2CO3 (352 mg, 1.08 mmol, 3.00 equiv), 5-methy1-
1H-pyrazol-
3-amine (74 mg, 0.76 mmol, 2.00 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (16 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.05
equiv) and BINAP
(32 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was
degassed three
times with nitrogen and stirred for 2 h at 100 C in an oil bath. The resulting
mixture was
concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified via flash column
chromatography to afford
67.3 mg (39%) of Synthesis of N2-(5 -methyl-1H-pyrazol-3 -y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpho lino-
cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -d]pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (I-80), as a
light yellow solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 454 [M+H] ', 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 6
11.70 (s, 1H),
135
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
5.77 (s, 1H), 4.00-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 4H), 3.01-2.71 (m, 4H), 2.50-2.28
(m, 6H), 2.25-2.01
(m, 4H), 2.08-1.81 (m, 4H) ,1.50-1.27 (m, 4H).
[00399] Example 40. Synthesis of N2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (I-81).
r0
.......:-...., ro
H 2N ,1\1'
H N ___________________________________________ 3.... HN
Cs2 Pd2dba3 / BI NAP
CO3 / dioxane / 100 C
N¨
S N CI S NNN
H
3.1 1-81
[00400] To a 100-mL round-bottom flask containing a solution of compound 3.1
(150 mg,
0.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (74 mg, 0.76 mmol, 2.00
equiv) in
dioxane (15 mL) were added Cs2CO3 (352 mg, 1.08 mmol, 3.00 equiv), Pd2(dba)3
(16 mg, 0.02
mmol, 0.05 equiv) and Xantphos (33 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.10 equiv) at room
temperature. The
resulting mixture was degassed with nitrogen three times and stirred for 2 h
at 100 C in an oil
bath. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and crude was
purified via flash
column chromatography to afford 81.6 mg (47%) of N2-(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-3-y1)-
N4-((lr,40-
4-morpho lino cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyc lop enta [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine
(I-30), as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 454 [M+H] '. 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-
DMS0): 6 9.06
(s, 1H), 7.50-7.49 (d, 1H), 6.52-6.51 (d, 1H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 3.99-3.82 (m,
1H), 3.67 (s, 1H), 3.58-
3.51 (m, 4H), 3.01-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.83-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.45-2.11 (m, 7H), 2.09-
1.98 (m, 2H), 1.89-
1.78 (m, 2H), 1.49-1.15 (m, 4H).
[00401] Example 41. Synthesis of N2-(5-methylthiophen-2-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-
cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-82).
136
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
ro ro
\s c
rN) ii NH2 HCI
N
HN's. NH'
_____________________________________________ ..-
Pd2dba3 /Xphos
S N CI t-BuOH / reflux / overnight S N NH S
3.1 1-82
[00402] To a solution of compound 3.1 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and
potassium
carbonate (105 mg, 0.76 mmol, 3.00 equiv) in tert-butanol (10 mL) were added 5-
methylthiophen-2-amine hydrochloride (57 mg, 0.50 mmol, 2.00 equiv), Pd2(dba)3
(46 mg, 0.05
mmol, 0.20 equiv) and Xphos (75 mg, 0.40 equiv) at room temperature. The
resulting mixture
was degassed three times with nitrogen and stirred overnight at 100 C. The
resulting mixture
was concentrated under vacuum and purified by flash column chromatography to
afford crude
product which was subsequently re-purified using preparative HPLC to give 18
mg (15%) of
N2-(5-methylthiophen-2-y1)-N441r,40-4-morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (1-82). as a white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z):
470 [M+H]'. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 6 6.49-6.47 (d, 1H), 6.39-6.37 (d, 1H),
4.36-4.29
(m, 1H), 4.11-3.72 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.09 (m, 5H), 3.08-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.97-2.90
(m, 2H), 2.54-2.25
(m, 9H), 1.84-1.61 (m, 4H).
[00403] Example 42. Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(5-
(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-
d]pyrimidine-
2,4-diamine, (1-83).
ro CF3 ro
cr,N)
-1,
H2N N
NW' HNIµµµ
_____________________________________________ ii CF3
/ 1 Pd2dba3 / BINAP/ Cs2CO3
dioxane / 100 C ,
S N CI 0 NNN
H
3.1 1-83
137
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00404] To a solution of compound 3.1 (200 mg, 0.51 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10 mL
of
anhydrous dioxane were added 5-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (115 mg,
0.76 mmol,
1.50 equiv), BINAP (60 mg, 0.09 mmol, 0.18 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (53 mg, 0.06
mmol, 0.10 equiv)
and Cs2CO3 (537 mg, 1.53 mmol, 3.00 equiv) . Resulting suspension was degassed
with nitrogen
three times and stirred overnight at 110 C. After cooling, the reaction was
quenched with
saturated NH4C1, extracted with CH2C12 and concentrated in vacuo. Crude
product (140 mg) was
purified using preparative HPLC to furnish 65.5 mg of N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)-
N2-(5-(trifluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-3 -y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5
]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, (1-83) as a yellow solid. LCMS46- (ES, m/z): 508 [M-
41] , 1H
NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO, ppm) : 12.86 (s, 1H), 9.81 (s, 1H), 6.36 (1, 1H), 5.94
(d, 1H),
4.03-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.50 (m, 4H), 3.08-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.91-2.78 (m, 2H),
2.58-32 (m, 6H),
2.29-2.17 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.84 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.25 (m, 4H).
[00405] Example 43. Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(1-
(piperidin-
4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-diamine
(1-84).
ro r`co r`o
HNC H2NrN¨CN-Boc
HNC.õN,)
TFA /DCM
HNC
Pd2dba3/ Xantphos/Cs2CO3
Dioxane / 100 C / 2h Z Q-Xjr'''s
I NINZN---Ø_Boo R.T/ 1 h N--CNH
S n, S N N
3,1 43.1 1-84
[00406] Synthesis of compound 43.1 To a 50-mL round-bottom flask under
nitrogen, were
added intermediate 3.1 (111 mg, 0.28 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 6-(4-amino-1H-pyrazol-
1-y1)-1-tert-
buty1-1[3],3-oxazocan-2-one (90 mg, 0.34 mmol, 1.20 equiv), Cs2CO3 (183 mg,
0.56 mmol, 2.00
equiv), Pd2(dba)3=CHC13 (28 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and XantPhos (34 mg,
0.06 mmol, 0.20
equiv) in dioxane (15 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at 100 C
in an oil bath.
After cooling, the resulting mixture was diluted with water, extracted with
Et0Ac, organic layers
were dried over sodium sulfate and solvents under vacuum. The residue was
purified via flash
column chromatography to provide 138 mg (78%) of compound 43.1.
[00407] Synthesis of compound 1-84. To a solution of compound 43.1(173 mg,
0.28 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in 10 mL of CH2C12 was added 1.0 mL of CF3COOH at 0 C. The
resulting solution
was stirred for 1 h at room temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The
residue was diluted
138
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
with CH2C12, washed with aqueous NaHCO3 and brine and concentrated under
reduced pressure.
The residue was purified by flash column chromatography) to give 64.8 mg
(44.7%) of N4-
((1r,4r)-4-morpho linocyc lohexyl)-N2-(1-(pip eridin-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-
6,7-dihydro-5H-
cyclopenta [4,5]thieno [2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-83 as a white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 523
[M+H] '; 11-1-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO, ppm): (58.92 (brs, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H),
7.44 (s, 1H), 5.75
(brs, 1H), 4.20-4.10 (m, 1H), 4.06-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.54 (m, 4H), 3.15-3.05
(d, 2H), 2.98 (t,
2H), 2.84 (t, 2H), 2.65-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.51 (brs, 4H), 2.45-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.35-
2.20 (m, 1H), 2.06
(d, 2H), 1.98-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.85-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.25 (m ,4H).
[00408] Example 44. Synthesis of N2-(1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-
N44(1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-85).
r0 r0
HCI .csvsNi___.< io.õN
H2N F
HN HN
______________________________________________ =
/ 1 HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA / I N 1,./-NI=
F
i
........ N--<
microwave / 140 C / 2h S N N
S N CI F
H
3.1 1-85
[00409] To a solution of compound 3.1 (120 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in
isoprapanol (5
mL) were added 1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine hydrochloride (69 mg,
0.41 mmol, 2.00
equiv) and 0.1 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane) at room temperature.
Reaction mixture
was irradiated with microwave radiation for 2 h at 140 C. Resulting mixture
was concentrated
under vacuum and crude was purified via flash column chromatography to yield
110 mg (74%)
of N2-(1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazo 1-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morpho lino cyc
lohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-
5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-85 as a white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z):
490 [M+H] '. 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO, ppm): (59.25 (s, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H),
7.76 (s, 1H),
7.73 (t, 1H), 5.85 (d, 1H), 4.08-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.14-2.91
(m, 2H), 2.89-2.78
(m, 2H), 2.50-2.27 (m, 7H), 2.07-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.99-1.91 (m, 2H), 1.54-1.34
(m, 4H).
139
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00410] Example 45. Synthesis of N2-(1-(tert-butyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-
((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-86).
ro ro
HN HN HN
Y----
_________________________________________________ D.
/ 1 HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA
Microwave / 140 C / 2 h
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-86
[00411] To a 10-mL sealed tube containing a solution of compound 3.1 (150 mg,
0.38 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in isopropanol (5 mL) was added 1-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine
(106 mg, 0.76
mmol, 2.00 equiv) and 0.1 ml of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane) at room
temperature. The
resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at 140 C under microwave irradiation.
The resulting
mixture was diluted with 0.5 M sodium hydroxide solution, extracted with 3 x
60 mL of ethyl
acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated under
vacuum. Crude was purified by flash column chromatography to give 175 mg (92%)
of N2-(1-
(tert-buty1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-
5H-
cyclopenta[4,5]thieno [2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-86 as a white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 496
[M+H] '; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): 6 7.94 (1H, s), 7.58 (1H, s), 6.54 (1H, s),
4.75 (1H, d),
4.12-3.98 (1H, m), 3.90-3.65 (4H, m), 2.95-2.88 (4H, m), 2.75-2.55 (4H, m),
2.53-2.42 (2H, m),
2.36-2.25 (3H, m), 2.15-1.92 (2H, m), 1.65-1.48 (11H, m), 1.35-1.18 (2H, m).
[00412] Example 46. Synthesis of N2-(1,3-dimethy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-
4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-87).
140
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
HCI
HN H2N HN
_________________________________________________ >
/ HCIdioxane) / IPA
Microwave / 140 C / 2 h N
S N CI S N N
3.1 1-87
[00413] To an isopropanol solution (5 mL) of compound 3.1 (150 mg, 0.38 mmol,
1.00 equiv)
in 10-mL sealed tube were added 1,3-dimethy1-1H-pyrazol-4-amine hydrochloride
(112 mg, 0.76
mmol, 2.00 equiv) and 0.1 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane) at room
temperature. The
resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at 140 C under microwave irradiation.
The resulting
mixture was diluted with 1 M aqueous NaOH, extracted with 3 x 60 mL of ethyl
acetate. The
organic layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
solvent was removed
under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography to afford
78.3 mg (44%) of
N2-(1,3-dimethy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-
cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (1-87). LCMS (ES, m/z): 468
[M+H] 1H
NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 5 7.75 (1H, s), 4.10-3.95 (1H, m), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.73
(4H, t), 2.98
(2H, t), 2.89 (2H, t), 2.64 (4H, t), 2.49 (2H, quintet), 2.40-2.25 (1H, m),
2.25-2.15 (5H, m), 2.12-
2.05 (2H, m), 1.52-1.32 (4H, m).
[00414] Example 47. Synthesis of isopropyl 2-(4-04-0(1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidin-2-
yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)acetate (1-88).
0
i¨OH
ojo.õN) HCI N
H2N
HN _________________________________________ > HN
0
HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA
q-IAN j-0
/ I microwave / 140 C / 2 h / I /%1\1
S N CI S N N
3.1 1-88
141
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00415] To a solution of intermediate 3.1 (50 mg, 0.13 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 2-
(4-amino-
1H-pyrazol-1-yl)acetic acid (36 mg, 0.26 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in isopropanol (5
mL) was added
hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane, 0.1 mL) at room temperature. The reaction
was stirred for 2 h
at 140 C and irradiated in microwave. The resulting mixture was concentrated
under vacuum
and resulting crude was purified to yield isopropyl 2-(4-((4-(((lr,40-4-
morpho lino cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidin-2-
yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)acetate, 1-88 as a yellow solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 540
[M+H]+. 1H
NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO, ppm): 6 8.99 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.26-
7.06 (m, 1H),
5.79-5.71 (m, 1H), 4.99-4.91 (m, 3H), 4.01-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.77-51 (m, 4H), 3.05-
2.98 (m, 2H),
2.83-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.53 (m, 5H), 2.40-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.94 (m, 2H),
1.49-1.35 (m, 4H),
1.20-1.15 (m, 6H).
[00416] Example 48. Synthesis of 2-(4-04-0(1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-
6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-
y1)acetic acid
(1-89).
ro ro
FIN's.
HN's)
MeOH:H20
r\i*N -k=-= ="-/N
HCOOH
H H
1-88 1-89
[00417] To a solution of compound 1-88 (50 mg, 0.09 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in
methanol/H20
(4/1 mL) was added LiOH (4 mg, 0.17 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature. The
resulting
solution was stirred for 1 h at 0 C and the pH value of the solution was
adjusted to ¨5 with 1 M
hydrochloric acid. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the
crude product
(50 mg) was purified using preparative HPLC to give 12 mg of 2-(4-44-4(1r,40-4-
morpho lino cyclo-hexyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidin-2-
yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)acetic acid, 1-89 as a light yellow solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 498 [M-
HCO0H+H] '. 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO+D20, ppm): (58.23 (s, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H),
7.37 (s,
1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 4H), 2.97-2.82 (m, 7H),
2.51-2.41 (m, 4H),
2.11-1.95 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.43 (m, 4H).
142
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00418] Example 49. Synthesis of 4-(4-((4-(((1r,4r)-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-
yl)tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide (I-90).
r0
0,S/ N N.---:-.= ro
; )¨'
0' \
HN ___________________________________________ 7, HNC
HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA
11 C/1\i'N.--Ce
Microwave / 140 C / 2 h
S N CI S N N
\O
H
3.1 1-90
[00419] Into a 5-mL vial, was placed a solution of compound 3.1 (100 mg, 0.25
mmol, 1.00
equiv) in isopropanol (5 mL), 4-(4-amino-1H-pyrazol-1-y1)-1 A 6-thiane-1,1-
dione (82 mg, 0.38
mmol, 1.50 equiv), and HC1 (4 M in dioxane) (0.01 mL). The resulting solution
was stirred for 2
h at 140 C in a microwave. The solids were collected by filtration. Crude was
purified via flash
column chromatography to yield
90 mg (62%) of 4-(4-((4-(((lr,40-4-
morpho lino cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidin-2-
yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide, 1-90 as a white
solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 572 [M-41] '; 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMS0)6 8.92 (1H, s), 7.86 (1H,
s), 7.53 (1H,
s), 5.69 (1H, s), 4.58-4.51 (1H, m), 4.01-3.97 (1H, m), 3.57-3.56 (4H, m),
3.40-3.36 (2H, d),
3.23-3.19 (2H, d), 2.97-2.95 (2H, d), 2.82-2.80 (2H, d), 2.50-2.49 (4H, m),
2.39-2.17 (7H, m),
2.05-1.89 (4H, m), 1.52-1.44 (4H, m).
[00420] Example 50. Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(1H-
pyrazol-
4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (I-
91).
ro H
....-N ro
H2N
50.2
HN HN
H
_______________________________________________ N.
/ I HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA
MW/ 150oC/ 2 h i N
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-91
143
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00421] Synthesis of compound 50.2
0, Pd/C, H2
H
'N-CH __________________________ 2N _cr
6 --N
Me0H / R.T
50.1 50.2
[00422] A solution of 4-nitro-1H-pyrazole (200 mg, 1.77 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and
10%
Palladium on carbon (40 mg) in methanol (5 mL) was degassed with H2 three
times and the
reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The catalyst was
filtered out and the
filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to give 120 mg (crude) of 1H-pyrazol-4-
amine as a light
yellow solid.
[00423] Synthesis of compound 1-91. Into a 10-mL sealed vial containing a
solution of
compound 3.1 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 1H-pyrazol-4-amine, compound
50.2 (32
mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in isopropyl alcohol (5 mL) was added 0.05 mL of
hydrochloric acid
(4 M in dioxane) and the reaction mixture was irradiated with microwave for 3
h at 140 C. The
solids were collected by filtration using flash column chromatography to give
42.4 mg (38%) of
N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
cyclopenta-
[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-91 as a white solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 440 [M+H]
1H-NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 5 8.87 (1H, s), 7.82 (1H, brs), 7.52 (1H, brs), 5.71
(1H, d), 4.05-
3.89 (1H, m), 3.58 (4H, brs), 3.01-2.95 (2H, m), 2.84-2.79 (2H, m), 2.50 (4H,
m), 2.42-2.34 (2H,
m), 2.26-2.18 (1H, m), 2.05 (2H, d), 1.92 (2H, d), 1.47-1.30 (4H, m).
[00424] Example 51. Synthesis of N4-01r,40-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl)-N2-(1-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5]
thieno [2,3-
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (1-92).
oõN
HNµ
.0õN
HCN¨Co
H2N HNµµ
/ I=
HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA; /
S N CI MicroWave / 140 C / 2h S N
N
1.5
1-92
144
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00425] A 10-mL sealed vial was charged with compound 1.5 (200 mg, 0.57 mmol,
1.00
equiv) and 1-(oxan-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (114 mg, 0.68 mmol, 1.20 equiv)
followed by
addition of 5 mL of isopropyl alcohol and 0.2 mL of HC1 (4 M in dioxane) at
room temperature.
The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at 140 C under microwave
conditions. The resulting
mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was applied onto a
silica gel column
with dichloromethane/methanol/ammonia (50:1:0.1) to give 160 mg of 10-N-E1-
(oxan-4-y1)-1H-
pyrazol-4-y1]-12-N-[trans-4-(dimethylamino)cyclohexyl] -7-thia-9,11-
diazatricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ]-
dodeca-1(12),2(6),8,10-tetraene-10,12-diamine, 1-92 as a off-white solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 482
[M+H] '; iHNIMR (300 MHz. d6-DMS0): 6 8.90 (brs, 1H), 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s,
1H), 5.69 (d,
1H), 4.45-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.02-3.95 (m, 3H), 3.48-3.35 (m, 2H), 2.95 (t, 2H),
2.82 (t, 2H), 2.45-
2.35 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.15 (m, 7H), 2.05 (d, 2H), 1.98-1.68 (m, 6H), 1.60-1.25
(m, 4H).
[00426] Example 52. Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(1-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5]
thieno [2,3-
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (1-93).
Cro
H2N0
0, 0,N
52.4
HN's. ________________________________________ w HN's.
HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA N __A
/ 1 II microwave / 140 C / 2 h / 1 L'N ¨Co
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-93
[00427] Synthesis of compound 52.2.
N--=:\
0 1 NH 0
L....---... j.
Y PPh3/ 12/ CH2C12 Y
OH I
52.1 52.2
[00428] A solution of oxan-4-ol, compound 52.1 (7.0 g, 68.54 mmol, 1.00 equiv)
in
dichloromethane (100 mL) was added triphenylphosphine (27.0 g, 102.94 mmol,
1.50 equiv) and
imidazole (7.0 g, 102.82 mmol, 1.50 equiv) at room temperature. This was
followed by addition
145
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
of iodine (18.3 g, 72.05 mmol, 1.05 equiv) in several batches at 0 C. The
resulting solution was
stirred for 2 h at room temperature under nitrogen. After completion, the
reaction was quenched
with 5% HC1 solution, extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL x 3). The
combined organic
layers were washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
concentrated under
vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography to afford 9.6 g of
4-iodooxane,
compound 52.2 as colorless oil.
[00429] Synthesis of compound 52.3
_...N,
(
0, .C.._./NH r 9
)-----/
02N
cs2003, DMF __________ > N,N
I Y/
02N
52.2 52.3
[00430] To a solution of 4-nitro-1H-pyrazole (2.45 g, 21.67 mmol, 1.00 equiv)
in freshly
distilled DMF (70 mL) was added 4-iodooxane, compound 52.2 (9.2 g, 43.39 mmol,
2.00 equiv)
and cesium carbonate (22.2 g, 68.14 mmol, 3.00 equiv) and the resulting
solution was stirred for
3 h at 80 C under nitrogen. The resulting mixture was diluted with 200 mL of
water, extracted
with CH2C12 (100 mL x 3) and the organic layers were combined, washed with
brine, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Crude was purified via
flash column
chromatography to give 2.0 g of 4-nitro-1-(oxan-4-y1)-1H-pyrazole, compound
52.3 as a light
yellow solid.
[00431] Synthesis of compound 52.4
1) Pd/C, H2, Me0H N
-:--- . __< \
,.....,N, ___< \ N 0
rz----./N __ /0 __________________ il HCI rõ..-...õ. ../.... /
2) Me0H / HCI H2N
02N
52.3 52.4
[00432] To a solution of 4-nitro-1-(oxan-4-y1)-1H-pyrazole, compound 52.3 (2.0
g, 10.14
mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (40 mL) was added 10% palladium on activated
carbon (200 mg)
at room temperature under nitrogen. Solution was flushed with H2 (-2 atm)
three times and
stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature. The catalyst was filtered out and the
filtrate was added to
HC1 (2 M in Me0H) and stirred for another 1 h. The resulting mixture was
concentrated under
146
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
vacuum and crystalized from Me0H/Et20 (1:5) to give 1.8 g of 1-(oxan-4-y1)-1H-
pyrazol-4-
amine hydrochloride. Compound 52.4 as a gray solid.
[00433] Synthesis of compound 1-93. A 80-mL sealed tube was charged with
isopropanol
solution (60 mL) of compound 3.1 (1.5 g, 3.82 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 1-(oxan-4-
y1)-1H-pyrazol-
4-amine hydrochloride, compound 52.4 (933 mg, 4.58 mmol, 1.20 equiv). To
reaction mixture
was added added 1 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane) at room
temperature. Reaction
mixture was irradiated in microwave for 2 h at 140 C. The resulting mixture
was concentrated
under vacuum and crude was purified via flash column chromatography. . Final
preoduct was
obtained by crystallization from CH2C12/hexane and dried in an oven at 40 C.
Compound 1-93,
N4-((1r,40-4-morpho lino cyc lohexyl)-N2-(1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1H-
pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine was obtained as
a gray solid
(1.05 g). LCMS (ES, m/z): 524 [M+H] 11-1 NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 5 7.94 (s, 1H),
7.60 (s,
1H), 4.42-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.08 (m, 3H), 3.80-3.70 (m, 4H), 3.65-3.52 (m,
2H), 2.99 (t, 2H),
2.87 (t, 2H), 2.68-2.60 (m, 4H), 2.48 (quintet, 2H), 2.43-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.20-
2.15 (m, 2H), 2.12-
1.98 (m, 6H), 1.55-1.35 (m, 4H).
[00434] Example 53. Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(1-
(oxetan-3-
y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-
2,4-diamine
(1-94).
H2N
53.3
HN HN
_________________________________________________ >
Pd2(dba)3 (0.1eq.) / Xantphos (0.2 eq.) N _Ns
/ Cs2CO3 (3.0 eq.) / dioxane / reflux / 2h
S Nr CI S N N
3.1 1-94
[00435] Synthesis of compound 53.3, 1-(oxetan-3-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine.
CO
(1.2 equiv)
Pd/C, H2 (1 atm)
JNH ________________________________________________
02N
Cs2CO3 (2.0 eq.) / DMF / 100ct 02N Me0H / R.T H2N
53.1 53.2 53.3
147
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00436] Synthesis of compound 53.2. To a solution of 4-nitro-1H-pyrazole (1.13
g, 9.99
mmol, 1.00 equiv) in distilled DMF (15 mL) were added 3-iodooxetane (1.84 g,
10.00 mmol,
1.00 equiv) and Cs2CO3 (6.52 g, 20.00 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room temperature.
The resulting
mixture was stirred for 1 h at 100 C in an oil bath. After cooling, the
reaction was quenched
with water, extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl acetate. Combined organic
layers were washed
with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum.
Crude was
purified via flash column chromatography to give 1.6 g (95%) of 4-nitro-1-
(oxetan-3-y1)-1H-
pyrazole, 53.2 as a yellow solid.
[00437] Synthesis of compound 53.3. To solution of 4-nitro-1-(oxetan-3-y1)-1H-
pyrazole,
53.2 (1.60 g, 9.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (50 mL) was added 10%
palladium on
activated carbon (200 mg) and the mixture was flushed with hydrogen three
times and stirred for
hours at room temperature. After the starting material was consumed
completely, the catalyst
was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to afford
1.2 g (91%) of 1-
(oxetan-3-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine, compound 53.3 as a pink solid.
[00438] Synthesis of compound 1-94. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask containing a
solution
of compound 3.1 (180 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and compound 53.3 (76 mg, 0.55
mmol, 1.20
equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (10 mL) were added Cs2CO3 (448 mg, 1.37 mmol, 3.00
equiv), XantPhos
(53 mg, 0.20 equiv) and Pd2(dba)3 (47 mg, 0.05 mmol, 0.10 equiv) subsequently
under nitrogen.
Reaction was heated to reflux for 3 hr. The resulting mixture was concentrated
under vacuum
and the residue was purified via flash column chromatography to give 121.5 mg
(54%) of N4-
((1r,40-4-morpho lino cyclohexyl)-N2-(1-(oxetan-3 -y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-
cyclopenta [4,5]thieno [2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-94 as a white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 496
[M+H] '; 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 8.99 (s, 1H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.63 (s,
1H), 5.73 (brs,
1H), 5.56 (quintet, 1H), 4.90 (quintet, 4H), 4.10-3.92 (m, 1H), 3.59 (t, 4H),
2.99 (t, 2H), 2.84 (t,
2H), 2.51 (s, 4H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.08 (d, 2H), 1.92
(d, 2H), 1.58-1.28
(m, 4H).
[00439] Example 54. Synthesis of N2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-
2,4-diamine
(1-95).
148
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
ro ro
-:-.-- ,
HCI N¨
...0
N
H2
HN HN
____________________________________________ ii
/ 1 HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA /
microwave / 140 C / 1 LN¨
S Nj CI S N N
H
11.5 1-95
[00440] Into a 10-mL vial containing a suspension of compound 11.5 (100 mg,
0.25 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in dry isopropanol (4 mL) was added 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine
hydrochloride
(50 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.50 equiv), followed by hydrochloric acid (4M in dioxane,
0.2 mL). Sealed
vial was irradiated for 1.5 h at 140 C in microwave. After reaction
completion, the resulting
mixture was concentrated under vacuum and crude
was purified byflash column
chromatography give 50 mg of desired compound 1-95. Pure N2-(1-methy1-1H-
pyrazol-4-y1)-
N4-((1r,40-4-morpholino-cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo [4,5]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (38 mg) was obtained by precipitation from CH2C12/hexane (1:10) as a
off-white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 468 [M+H] '. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 6 8.84 (s, 1H), 7.78 (s,
1H), 7.43
(s, 1H), 5.63 (s, 1H), 4.01-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.61 (m, 4H),
2.90-2.81 (m, 2H) ,
2.66-2.59 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.20 (m, 1H), 3.57 (m, 3H) , 2.14-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.9-
1.75 (m, 6H), 1.52-
1.30 (m, 4H).
[00441] Example 55. Synthesis of N2-(1-isopropyl4H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N44(1r,40-
4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine
(1-96).
ro ro
N)
HIV _(
HCI ..... ,N
---N HN,s=Cr"
____________________________________________ w
HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA
/ 1 Microwave / 2 h / I L/N¨
S N CI S N N
H
1
11.5 -96
[00442] To a solution of compound 11.5 (150 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 1-
(propan-2-
y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine hydrochloride (77.6 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.30 equiv) in
isopropanol (4 mL)
149
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
was added 0.01 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane). Reaction mixture was
irradiated in
microwave oven for 2 h at 140 C. The pH value of the solution was adjusted to
5 with ammonia
and the resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum. Crude was purified by
preparative
HPLC to give 78.6 mg (43%) of N2-(1-isopropy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-
cyclohexyl)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -d]pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine, 1-96 as a off-
white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 496 [M+H]1. 1H NMR003065 (300 MHz, CD30D): 7.85
(s, 1H),
7.60 (s, 1H), 4.48 (quintet, 1H), 4.15-4.00 (m, 1H), 3.73 (t, 4H), 2.86 (brs,
4H), 2.70 (m, 2H),
2.65 (t, 4H), 2.45-2.30 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.89
(brs, 4H), 1.52-1.35
(m, 10H).
[00443] Example 56. Synthesis of N-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-4-0(1r,40-4-
morpholin-
cyclo-hexyl)oxy)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidin-2-
amine (1-97).
c,
HO.-0 .,N 0
N
H2
/ I _______________________________________________________ c)))
S N CI NaHMDS / THF / 0C Cs2003 / Pd2dba3 / Xantphos
I dioxane / 100 C
S N CI S N
11.4
56.1 1-97
[00444] Synthesis of compound 56.1 To a solution of intermediate 11.4 (100 mg,
0.39 mmol,
1.00 equiv) and trans-4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan-1-ol (86 mg, 0.46 mmol,
1.20 equiv) in dry
THF (5 mL) was added NaHMDS (2 M in THF, 0.28 mL) at 0 C under nitrogen. The
resulting
solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature and quenched with water,
extracted with 3 x 50
mL of dichloromethane. The organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated
under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography to furnish
120 mg (76%)
of compound 56.1. LCMS (ES, m/z): 408 and 410 [M+H]1.
[00445] Synthesis of 1-97. To a solution of compound 56.1 (57 mg, 0.59 mmol,
2.00 equiv) in
dioxane (10 mL) were added Cs2CO3 (168 mg, 0.51 mmol, 3.00 equiv), Pd2(dba)3
(15 mg, 0.02
mmol, 0.05 equiv) and Xantphos (17 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.10 equiv) subsequently and
the resulting
mixture was degassed three times with nitrogen and stirred for 2 h at 100 C.
The resulting
mixture was concentrated under vacuum and crude was purified via flash column
chromatography. Crude was purified again using preparative HPLC to give 20 mg
N-(1-methy1-
1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-4-4(1r,4r)-4-morpholin-cyclohexyl)oxy)-5,6,7,8-
tetrahydrobenzo [4,5 ]thieno-
[2,3-d]pyrimidin-2-amine, 1-97 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 469 [M+H]1.
1H NMR (300
150
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
MHz, CD30D) (57.88 (s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 5.22-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.88 (s, 3H),
3.75-3.72 (m, 1H),
2.91-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.62 (m, 6H), 2.45-2.25 (m, 3H), 2.19-2.05 (m,
2H),1.99-1.75 (m, 4H),
1.63-1.40 (m, 4H).
[00446] Example 57. Synthesis of 2-((R)-4-(((1r,4R)-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-2-
(phenylamino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidin-5-
yl)acetamide
(1-98).
r0 0 r0
õN)
EtO EtO
ic ea'
H2N . = 0
= 0
11114-.N
1
Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / Cs2CO3 S
dioxane / 100 C S N''.. N
S Nr CI H
34.1 57.1
r0 0 r0
0 õN)
H2N -ic
HO-1
LiOH / Me0H #0.
NH4CI / HATU = 0
= 0 ________________________ D.
__________ >
H20 / THF / I IN el DEA/DMF
S r\i%Ni S N N
H
H
1
57.2 -98
[00447] Synthesis of compound 57.1 To a solution of compound 34.1 (200 mg,
0.42 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in dioxane (20 mL) were added aniline (80 mg, 0.86 mmol, 2.00
equiv), Cs2CO3
(272 mg, 0.83 mmol, 2.00 equiv), Xantphos (54 mg, 0.09 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and
Pd2dba3 (52
mg, 0.05 equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. The resulting solution was
stirred for 3 h at
100 C and cooled down to room temperature. Mixture was diluted with 20 mL of
water,
extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate, organic layers were combined, dried
over anhydrous
sodium sulfate and solvent was removed under vacuum. Crude was purified using
flash column
chromatography to give 124 mg (55%) of compound 58.1 as yellow solid.
[00448] Synthesis of compound 57.2. To a solution of compound 57.1 (124 mg,
0.23 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in water (2 mL)/methanol (2 mL)/tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added
LiOH (30 mg)
151
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
and the resulting solution was stirred 4 h at room temperature. After
completion, the resulting
mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give 150 mg (crude) of
compound 57.2 as a
light yellow solid.
[00449] Synthesis of compound 1-98. To a solution of compound 57.2 (100 mg,
0.14 mmol,
1.00 equiv, 70%) in distilled DMF (10 mL) was added NH4C1 (20 mg, 0.37 mmol,
1.20 equiv),
HATU (82 mg, 0.22 mmol, 1.10 equiv) and DIEA (51 mg, 0.39 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at
room
temperature. Resulting mixture was stirred overnight and diluted with 20 mL of
water, extracted
with 3 x 30 mL of CH2C12. Organic layers were combined, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate
and solvents were removed under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column
chromatography
to furnish 10.9 mg of 2-((R)-4-(((1r,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-2-
(phenylamino)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)acetamide, 1-98 as a
white solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 508 [M+F1]-11H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): 5 7.67 (2H, d), 7.38 (2H, t),
7.06 (1H, t),
7.01 (1H, s), 5.34 (1H, s), 5.28 (1H, s), 5.24-5.08 (1H, m), 3.89-3.68 (5H,
m), 3.09-2.88 (3H, m),
2.82-2.69 (1H, m), 2.62 (4H, brs), 2.53-2.22 (5H, m), 2.15-2.04 (2H, m), 1.58-
1.45 (4H, m)
[00450] Example 58. Synthesis of 24(R)-2-((1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino)-4-
(((1 r,4R)-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-dihydr o-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno
[2,3-
d] pyrimidin-5-yl)ethanol, (1-99).
0
EtOic (()H
TBSO¨N
ci F CI DIBAL-H / THF
CI TBSCI / imidazole F-IC)."0'INnO TBSO--N
F 0
s
-78
0C to -30 0C DCM / R T/ /s I N NaHMDS /THF / 0 C/ 5 min s
CI
S
28.5 58.1 58.2 58.3
TBSO¨N
HOAc HO¨N
,N
Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / Cs2CO3
/ LN.N Me0H / H20 /JN
dioxane / 100 C / 2 h
S N N S N N
58.4 1-99
[00451] Synthesis of compound 58.1. To a solution of compound 28.5 (330 mg,
1.0 mmol,
1.0 equiv) in 8 mL of freshly distilled THF at -78 C, was added DIBAL-H (1 M
in hexane, 2.5
mL, 2.5 equiv) via syringe under nitrogen. The resulting solution was warmed
slowly up to -
30 C over 1 h. After completion, the reactionwas quenched with saturated
aqueous NH4C1 and
152
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
extracted with Et0Ac (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with
brine, dried
over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to afford 260 mg (90%) of
desired compound
58.1 as a light yellow oil. LCMS (ES, m/z): 289 and 291 [M+H] '.
[00452] Synthesis of compound 58.2. To a solution of compound 58.1 (260 mg,
0.9 mmol,
1.0 equiv) in dry CH2C12 (8 mL) was added imidazole (122.4 mg, 1.8 mmol, 2.0
equiv), followed
by addition of TBSC1 (163 mg, 1.08 mmol, 1.2 equiv) at 0 C under nitrogen.
After stirring for 3
h at room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with saturated aqueous
NH4C1, extracted
with Et0Ac (3 x 40 mL). Combined organic layers were washed with 0.5 M HC1,
brine, dried
over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to afford compound 59.2 (327 mg,
90%) as a
light yellow oil. LCMS (ES, m/z): 404 and 406 [M+H] '.
[00453] Synthesis of compound 58.3. To a solution of trans-4-
morpholinocyclohexanol (165
mg, 0.89 mmol, 1.1 equiv) in 5 mL of distilled THF was added NaHMDS (2M in
THF, 0.89 mL,
2.0 equiv) at 0 C under nitrogen. After stirring for 30 min, a solution of
compound 58.2 (327 mg,
0.81 mmol, 1.0 equiv) in 3 mL of THF was added. The reaction was stirred for
additional 5
minutes, was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with Et0Ac (3
x 40 mL).
Organic layers were combined and washed with brine (3x), dried over sodium
sulfate and
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via flash column
chromatography to afford 250
mg of compound 58.3 as a light yellow oil. LCMS (ES, m/z): 552 and 554 [M+H]
'.
[00454] Synthesis of compound 58.4. To a solution of compound 58.3 (200 mg,
0.36 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) were added 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (70
mg, 0.72
mmol, 1.99 equiv), Cs2CO3 (210 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1.78 equiv), Xantphos (30 mg)
and Pd2(dba)3
(30 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.09 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was
degassed with
nitrogen three times and stirred for 4 h at 110 C. After completion, the
reaction was quenched
with water, extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl acetate. Combined organic layers
were washed
with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Crude was
purified by
flash column chromatography to give 120 mg (54%) of compound 58.4 as a white
solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 613 [M+H] '.
[00455] Synthesis of compound 1-99. To solution of compound 58.4 (120 mg, 0.20
mmol,
1.00 equiv) in methanol/water (4 mL/1 mL) was added AcOH (3 mL) and resulting
solution was
stirred for 4 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was concentrated
under vacuum.
153
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Crude product (120 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC to give 50.4 mg of
24(R)-2-((1-
methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)amino)-4-4(1r,4R)-4-morpho lino cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-
cyclopenta [4,5]thieno-[2,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)ethanol, 1-99 as a white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 499
[M+H]+; 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 7.90 (1H, s), 7.59 (1H, s), 5.28-5.08 (1H, m),
3.90 (3H,
s), 3.85-3.75 (4H, m), 3.65 (2H, t), 3.30 (1H, m), 3.05-2.92 (1H, m), 2.90-
2.75 (5H, m), 2.70-
2.50 (2H, m), 2.50-2.30 (2H, m), 2.29-2.10 (4H, m), 1.80-1.45 (5H, m).
[00456] Example 59. Synthesis of N2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (I-51).
0 0
0 0
SõC nru POCI3 / reflux o
ethyl cyanoacetate
0a0 ______________________________________ = / I 11 _______
S / Et2NH / Et0H / 50 0 0 / 2) Na, 85 C / 25 min
s NH2 S 0 S N CI
59.1 3) HCI (pH. -1) / overnight
59.2 59.3 59.4
HCI HCI
H2N NO
H2N HNIK>
K2CO3/ CH3CN / 80 C HN HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA ON
0 /
N microwave! 100 C
S N N
S N CI
59.5 1-51
[00457] Synthesis of compound 59.2. A 250-mL round-bottom under nitrogen, was
charged
with oxan-4-one , 59.1(10.0 g, 99.88 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ethyl 2-cyanoacetate
(14.35 g, 126.86
mmol, 1.27 equiv), morpholine (17.4 g, 199.72 mmol, 2.00 equiv), sulfur (3.8
g, 118.75 mmol,
1.19 equiv) and anhydrous ethanol (150 mL). Reaction was stirred overnight at
50 C. Upon
completion of the reaction the solvent was removed and crude was purified via
flash column
chromatography to give 19.5 g (86%) of compound 59.2 as a yellow solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 228
[M+H]+.
[00458] Synthesis of compound 59.3. A solution of compound 59.2 (10.0 g, 44.00
mmol,
1.00 equiv) in dry CH2C12 (150 mL), under nitrogen was cooled down to -60 C .
Chlorosulfonylisocyanate (9.34 g, 65.99 mmol, 1.50 equiv) was added at a rate
such that the
internal temperature remained at -60 to -55 C. After completion of the
addition, the reaction
mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. Upon consumption of
starting materials,
154
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
reaction was stopped and solvents were removed under vacuum. Crude was
transferred to 500
mL in 250 mL of water and heated for 70 C for 1 h. reaction was cooled to
ambient temperature
and pH value of the mixture was adjusted to ¨13 with 10 M aqueous sodium
hydroxide. The
resulting mixture was heated at 80 C for another 1 h. After cooling, the
reaction mixture was
acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid to pH 1 and stirred overnight.
Resulting solids
were collected by filtration and the filter cake was washed with water and
dried in an oven at
50 C for 24 h to afford 9.0 g (91%) of compound 59.3 as a brown solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 225
[M+H] '.
[00459] Synthesis of compound 59.4. A solution of compound 59.3 (9.0 g, 40.1
mmol, 1.00
equiv) in N,N-dimethylaniline (2 mL) and phosphoroyl trichloride (40 mL) was
heated at 110 C
overnight under nitrogen. After complete consumption of starting material, the
resulting mixture
was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was diluted with 100 mL of Et0Ac
and poured into
pre-cooled saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and extracted with 3 x 100 mL of ethyl
acetate.
Combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated
under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography to give 4.0 g
of compound
59.4. LCMS (ES, m/z): 261 and 263 [M+H] '.
[00460] Synthesis of compound 59.5. To a 50-mL round-bottom flask under
nitrogen were
added compound 59.4 (100 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv), trans-4-(morpholin-4-
yl)cyclohexan-1-
amine (106 mg, 0.58 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and potassium carbonate (263 mg, 1.9
mmol, 5.0 equiv)
in 15 mL of dry acetonitrile. Suspension was heated overnight at 85 C under
nitrogen. Upon
completion of the reaction solvent was removed under vacuum and crude was
purified via flash
column chromatography to afford 140 mg (89%) of compound 59.5 as a white
solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 409 and 411 [M+H]'.
[00461] Synthesis of compound 1-51. To a solution of compound 59.5 (100 mg,
0.24 mmol,
1.00 equiv) and 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (35.6 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.50 equiv)
in isopropanol
(5 mL) was added 0.5 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane). Reaction
mixture was
irradiated in microwave for 2 h at 140 C. After reaction completion, solvents
were removed
under vacuum and crude was purified via flash column chromatography to give 29
mg (25%) of
N2-(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-
5H-
pyrano[4',3':4,5]thieno-[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, compound 1-51 as a off-
white solid.
155
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
LCMS (ES, m/z): 470 [M+H] '; 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO) 8.94 (1H, brs), 7.80 (1H,
brs),
7.45 (1H, s), 5.68 (1H, brs), 4.66 (2H, s), 4.05-3.85 (3H, m), 3.91 (3H, s),
3.57 (4H, brs), 2.95
(2H, brs), 2.40-2.28 (1H, m), 2.07 (2H, d), 1.90 (2H, d), 1.50-1.29 (4H, m).
[00462] Example 60. Synthesis of N-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-4-0(1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidin-2-
amine (1-59).
CI
HO.-0=.,N0N¨
O 0 H2N
/ I
N CI NaHMDS / THF / 0 C S N ____________________________ CI
Cs2CO3 / Pd2dba3 / Xantphos ONN
dioxane/100 C S N N
59.4
60.1 1-59
[00463] Synthesis of compound 60.1. To a solution of compound 59.4 (250 mg,
0.96 mmol,
1.00 equiv) and trans-4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan-1-ol (266 mg, 1.44 mmol,
1.50 equiv) in
anhydrous THF (15 mL) was added NaHMDS (0.57 mL) at 0 C under nitrogen. Brown
mixture
was stirred for 2 h at room temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous
NH4C1, extracted
with 3 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate. Combined organic layers was dried over sodium
sulfate and
solvent was removed under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column
chromatography to
yield 250 mg (64%) of compound 60.1 as a white solid.
[00464] Synthesis of compound 1-59. A 100-mL round-bottom flask was charged
with a
solution of compound 61.1 (250 mg, 0.61 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 1-methyl-1H-
pyrazol-4-amine
(89 mg, 0.92 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in dioxane (20 mL), Cs2CO3 (600 mg, 1.84 mmol,
3.00 equiv),
Pd2(dba)3 (32 mg, 0.03 mmol, 0.05 equiv) and Xantphos (35 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.10
equiv).
Resulting suspension was degassed three times with N2 and stirred for 2 h at
100 C in an oil
bath. Upon reaction completion, solvent was removed and crude was purified via
flash column
chromatography to give 38 mg (13%) of N-(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-4-(((1r,40-
4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)oxy)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4',3':4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidin-2-amine,
compound 1-59 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 471 [M+H]'.
1H NMR (300 MHz,
CD30D): 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 5.18-5.16 (m, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.09-3.98
(t, 2H), 3.01-
2.89 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.59 (m, 4H), 2.43-27 (m, 3H), 2.09 (d, 2H), 1.66-1.43
(m,4H).
156
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00465] Example 61. Synthesis of N2-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine, (I-100).
ro ro
croN,)
H2N
HIV'
0qPd2dba3 / BINAP/ Cs2CO3
,,)N ON
/ dioxane / 100 C 1
?NH
S N CI S".--N N ---N'
H
59.5 1-100
[00466] To a solution of compound 59.5 (150 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 10
mL of
anhydrous dioxane was added 5-methyl-4,5-dihydro-1H-pyrazol-3-amine (72 mg,
0.73 mmol,
1.98 equiv), BINAP (40 mg, 0.06 mmol, 0.18 equiv), Pd2(dba)3 (35 mg, 0.04
mmol, 0.10 equiv)
and Cs2CO3 (358 mg, 1.10 mmol, 3.00 equiv). Resulting suspension was degassed
with nitrogen
three times and stirred overnight at 110 C. After cooling, the reaction was
quenched with
saturated NH4C1, aqueous layers were extracted with CH2C12 and concentrated in
vacuo. Crude
(140 mg) was purified by preparative HPLC to give 59.3 mg (34%) of N2-(5-
methy1-1H-
pyrazol-3 -y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morpho lino-cyc lohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano
[4',3':4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, I-100 as a off-white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 470 [M-
41] 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDC13) :6 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.21 (s, 1H), 6.03 (brs, 1H), 4.94 (d, 1H),
4.80 (s, 2H), 4.07
(t, 2H), 4.02 (brs, 1H), 3.78 (brs, 4H), 2.94 (brs, 2H3, 2.64 (brs, 4H1, 2.40-
2.25 (m, 6H), 2.12-
1.98 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.18 (m, 2H).
[00467] Example 62. Synthesis of N2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (I-101).
157
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
ro ro
HCI N
HNµNss.-'--"--N' HIV'
ON
S N CI
HCI (4dioxane) / IPA -
Microwave / 2 h / 1 L/N--
(
S-Th\r N
H
59.5 1-101
[00468] To a 10-mL microwave tube containing compound 59.5 (100 mg, 0.24 mmol,
1.00
equiv) in 5 mL of isopropanol was added 1-(propan-2-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine
hydrochloride
(77.6 mg, 0.48 mmol, 1.96 equiv) and 0.01 mL of HC1 (4 M in dioxane) at room
temperature.
Vial was irradiated in microwave for 2 h at 140 C. After cooling, the
reaction was then
quenched with 0.5 mL of ammonia and solvents were removed under vacuum. Crude
product
(120 mg) was purified using preparative HPLC to give 56.8 mg (47%) of N2-(1-
isopropy1-1H-
pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano
[4',3':4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, compound I-101 as a off-white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z):
498 [M+H] '.
1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 6 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 4.86 (s, 1H), 4.49
(quintet, 1H), 4.18-
4.02 (m, 1H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 3.73 (t, 4H), 2.96 (brs, 2H), 2.64 (t, 4H), 2.45-
2.30 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.18
(m, 2H), 2.15-2.04 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.29 (m, 7H).
[00469] Example 63. Synthesis of N2-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano[4',3':4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-
2,4-
diamine, (I-102).
ro ro
õCs:N--7
jecs,N)
HN H2N HN
/ 1 Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / dioxane / 1 N
S-Th\r CI Cs2CO3/ 100 C / 2 h SNN
H
59.5 1-102
[00470] To a solution of compound 59.5 (100 mg, 0.24 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 1,4-
dioxane (10
mL) was added 1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (33 mg, 0.30 mmol, 1.20 equiv),
Cs2CO3 (239 mg,
158
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
0.73 mmol, 3.00 equiv), Pd2(dba)3=CHC13 (25 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.10 equiv) and
XantPhos (28 mg,
0.05 mmol, 0.20 equiv). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux for 3 h
under nitrogen. Upon
completion of the reaction solvents were removed under vacuuo . Crude was
purified via flash
column chromatography to give 32.2 mg N2-(1-ethy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-
4-
morpho lino-cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4',3' :4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine,
1-102 of a yellow solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 484 [M+H] '; 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-
DMSO, ppm): 6
1.32-1.47(m, 7H), 1.88-1.92 (d, 2H), 2.06-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.27 (m, 1H),
2.95 (m, 2H), 3.55-
3.59 (m, 4H), 3.89-3.93 (m, 3H), 4.03-4.11 (q, 2H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 5.68-5.71
(m, 1H), 7.45 (s,
1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H).
[00471] Example 64. Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(1-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano
[4',3':4,5]thieno [2,3-
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, (I-103).
ro ro
N Zw..0
H2
HN HN
52.4
Og. , 0Q,
N Z
/ 1
/ HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA I 1
N
----. ¨CO
S N CI Microwave / 140 C / 4 h S---NN
H
1-103
59.5
[00472] To a 10-mL sealed vial containing compound 59.5 (500 mg, 1.22 mmol,
1.00 equiv),
1-(oxan-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (307 mg, 1.84 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in
isopropanol (6 mL) was
added 0.1 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane). Reaction mixture was
irradiated in
microwave for 2 h at 140 C. The solids were filtered out and purifiedby flash
column
chromatography to afford 467.9 mg (71%) of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-
N2-(1-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4',3':4,5
]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-103 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 540 [M+H] ';
1H NMR (300
MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 8.95 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 5.78-5.62 (m, 1H),
4.75 (s, 2H),
4.40-4.20 (m, 1H), 4.10-3.85 (m, 5H), 3.57 (brs, 4H), 3.43 (td, 2H), 2.95 (s,
2H), 2.50 (s, 4H),
2.28-2.18 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.01-1.79 (m, 6H), 1.65-1.25 (m, 4H).
159
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00473] Example 65. Synthesis of N4-((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-N2-(1-
(oxetan-3-
y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-diamine,
(I-104).
N) H2N ,.............vN¨CO
53.3
HN ____________________________________________ x HN
0N Pd2dba3 / Xantphos / Cs2CO3 Og..,,,
1 dioxane / 100 C / overnight
S N CI SNN
H
59.5 1-104
[00474] To a solution of compound 59.5 (130 mg, 0.32 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 1-
(oxetan-3-
y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-amine, compound 53.3 (95 mg, 0.68 mmol, 2.00 equiv) in
dioxane (10 mL)
was added Cs2CO3 (222 mg, 0.68 mmol, 2.00 equiv), Xantphos (40 mg, 0.07 mmol,
0.10 equiv)
and Pd2dba3 (40 mg, 0.05 equiv) subsequently at room temperature. Suspension
was degassed
three times with nitrogen and stirred for 3 h at 100 C in an oil bath. The
resulting mixture was
diluted with 20 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 60 mL of ethyl acetate.
Combined organic layers
were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and colvents were removed under
vacuum. Crude was
purified using flash column chromatography to give 20.9 mg of N4-((lr,40-4-
morpho lino cyclohexyl)-N2-(1-(oxetan-3 -y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,8-dihydro-5H-
pyrano [4',3' :4 ,5 ] -
thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-104 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z):
512 [M+H]'; 1H-
NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO, ppm): 6 9.01(1H, s), 7.97 (1H, s), 7.62 (1H, s), 5.70
(1H, d), 5.53
(1H, quintet), 4.92-4.87 (4H, m), 4.66 (2H, s), 4.10-3.93 (1H, m), 3.91 (2H,
t), 3.62-3.56 (4H,
m), 2.96 (2H, s), 2.50 (4H, brs), 2.30-2.18 (1H, m), 2.15-2.06 (2H, m), 1.88
(2H, d), 1.55-1.28
(4H, m).
[00475] Example 66. Synthesis of 6,6-dimethyl-N2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-
((1r,40-4-morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno
[2,3-d] pyrimidine-
2,4-diamine, (1-26).
160
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
1) ci)s,Nõc- , ocm CI
ethyl cyanoacetate 0 0 NH POCI3/ reflux 0
/ I
___________________ "
S / morpholine / Et0H / 50. 0 / C 2) Na0H, 85 C / 25 min
S S 1,1"
CI
S NH2
3) HCI (pH -1) / overnight
66.1 66.2 66.3 66.4
HCI HCI
HCI
H2N = ,,N NO
H2N
HN HN
K2CO3 / CH3CN / reflux 0 I a HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA
microwave / 140 C / 2 h
S CI S N N
66.5 1-26
[00476] Synthesis of compound 66.2. Into a 100-mL 3-necked round-bottom flask
under
nitrogen were added compound 66.1 (3 g, 23.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv), ethyl 2-
cyanoacetate (2.9 g,
25.64 mmol, 1.10 equiv), S (3.0 g) and morpholine (0.75 g) in 50 mL of dry
ethanol. The
resulting mixture was stirred overnight at 50 C. Upon completion of the
reaction solvent was
removed under vacuum and crude was purified via flash column chromatography to
afford 5.6 g
(94%) of compound 66.2 as a yellow solid.
[00477] Synthesis of compound 66.3. Toa solution of compound 66.2 (5.6 g,
21.93 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in anhydrous CH2C12 (100 mL) cooled to -60 C was added dropwise
sulfurisocyanatidic chloride (4.6 g) via syringe under nitrogen. The resulting
mixture was stirred
for 30 min at this temperature. After reaction completion, solvent was removed
in vacuo and the
residue was dissolved in water (150 mL). Sodium hydroxide (5.0 g, 125.00 mmol,
3.49 equiv)
was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at 85 C. pH value of the
solution was adjusted
to 1.0 using concentrated HC1 and resulting solids were collected by
filtration. Filter cake was
washed with water and dried in an oven at 50 C under reduced pressure to give
5.0 g (55%) of
compound 66.3 as a red solid.
[00478] Synthesis of compound 66.4. Compound 66.3 (5 g, 19.82 mmol, 1.00
equiv) in
POC13 (30 mL) was stirred for 5 h at 110 C under nitrogen. After the
consumption of starting
materials, excess POC13 was removed under vacuum. Crude was dissolved in 500
mL of Et0Ac,
washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried over sodium
sulfate.
Solvents were removed under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column
chromatography to
give 1.6 g of compound 66.4 as a white solid.
161
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00479] Synthesis of compound 66.5. A mixture of compound 66.4 (500 mg, 1.73
mmol,
1.00 equiv), trans-4-(morpholin-4-yl)cyclohexan-1-amine dihydrochloride (667.4
mg, 2.60
mmol, 1.5 equiv) and potassium carbonate (958 mg, 6.93 mmol, 4.00 equiv) in 30
mL of CH3CN
(15 mL) was heated for two days at 85 C. The resulting mixture was
concentrated under vacuum
and the crude was purified via flash column chromatography to furnish 700 mg
(93%) of
compound 66.5 as a white solid.
[00480] Synthesis of compound 1-26. To a 20-mL sealed microwave tube
containing
compound 66.5 (120 mg, 0.27 mmol, 1.00 equiv), 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine
hydrochloride
(77.7 mg, 0.58 mmol, 2.10 equiv) in 5 mL of isopropanol was added 0.02 mL of
hydrochloric
acid (4 M in dioxane) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was heated on
microwave for
2.5 h at 140 C and resulting solids were collected by filtration. Crude
collected was purified
via flash column chromatography to give 72.2 mg (53%) of 6,6-dimethyl-N2-(1-
methy1-1H-
pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-morp ho lino cyclohexyl)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano
[4',3':4,5]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-26 as a off-white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 498 [M+H]
'. 1H
NMR(400MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 8.94 (s, 1H), 7.80 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 5.75-5.60
(s, 1H), 4.65 (s,
2H), 34.08-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, 4H), 2.85 (s, 2H), 2.52 (s,
4H), 2.30-2.22 (m,
1H), 2.10 (d, 2H), 1.92 (d, 2H), 1.55-1.32 (m, 4H), 1.28 (s, 6H).
[00481] Example 67. Synthesis of 4-(4-06,6-dimethy1-4-0(1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidin-2-
yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide, (I-105).
N1,
.,
0.0,N)ro HN \O
76.6
HN _________________________________________ > HN
0 0
1\1 HCI (4 M in dioxane) / IPA / I 1\1 Z
H
66.5 1-105
[00482] To a 10-mL sealed microwave vial containing solution of compound 66.5
(60 mg,
0.14 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and 4-(4-amino-1H-pyrazol-1-y1)-16-thiane-1,1-dione,
76.6 (45 mg, 0.21
mmol, 1.50 equiv) in isopropanol (5 mL) was added 0.1 mL of hydrochloric acid
(4 M in
162
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
dioxane) at room temperature. Reaction was irradiatedin microwave oven for 3 h
at 140 C.
Solids were collected by filtration and crude was purified by flash column
chromatography to
give 38.1 mg (45%) of 4-(4-46,6-dimethy1-4-(((1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-6,8-
dihydro-5H-pyrano [4',3':4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-
1-yl)tetrahydro-
2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide, 1-105 as a off-white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z) : 616
[M+H]+. 1H NMR
(300 MHz, d6-DMS0): (58.95 (1H, s), 7.84 (1H, s), 7.55 (1H, s), 5.67 (1H, s),
4.63 (3H, s), 4.04-
3.98 (1H, m), 3.56 (4H, s), 3.31 (1H, s), 3.23 (2H, s), 2.83 (2H, s), 2.51 -
2.49 (2H, m), 2.48 -
2.45 (2H, m), 2.41 - 2.30 (4H, m), 2.27-2.17 (1H, m), 2.08-2.04 (2H, d), 1.93-
1.90 (2H, d), 1.48-
1.45 (4H, m), 1.26 (7H, s).
[00483] Example 68. Synthesis of N2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholino-cyclohexyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-cyclohepta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine, (I-106).
O N=C=O
. ,
0 0 1)
ethyl cyanoacetate
Cii,
S / Et2NH / Et0H / 50 C Q__iL0/-----
POCI3 / 110 C
elrij
\--(s -- ,L overnight
S NH2
3) HCI (pH -1) N 0 S
Nr CI
H
68.1 68.2 68.3 68.4
HCIHCI r0 .....NN
-0,N r0
H2N ., '
0
(....N.) HCI L)¨
H2N ---, (=.õN
-
K2CO3 I CH3CH I reflux HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA
e-X1 microwave / 140 C / 2 h
elr'll ZN¨
S
H
68.5 1-106
[00484] Synthesis of compound 68.2. To a solution of cycloheptanone (10.8 g,
96.28 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in ethanol (50 mL) was added ethyl 2-cyanoacetate (12.54 g, 110.86
mmol, 1.15
equiv), diethylamine (13.04 g, 178.30 mmol, 1.80 equiv) and sufur (3.42 g,
106.67 mmol, 1.10
equiv) at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for 14 h at 50 C
in an oil bath
under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted
with 100 mL of
ice-cooled water, extracted with 2 x 150 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic
phase was washed with
brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Solids were filtered off and the
filtrate was
concentrated under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography
to give 10.6 g
(44%) of compound 68.2 as a yellow solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 240 [M+H]+.
163
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00485] Synthesis of compound 68.3. To a solution of compound 68.2 (1.0 g,
4.18 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in dry CH2C12 (50 mL) was cooled down to -60 C under nitrogen.
Solution of
[(chlorosulfonyl)imino]methanone (700 mg, 4.95 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in 5 mL of
CH2C12 was
added dropwise at this temperature. After addition, the reaction mixture was
stirred for another
30 minutes until starting material, compound 68.2 was consumed completely.
Solvent was
removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with 10 M aqueous
sodium
hydroxide (100 mL) and stirred for 1.5 h at room temperature. Resulting
mixture was allowed to
react, with stirring, for an additional 30 minutes while the temperature was
maintained at 75 C in
an oil bath. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and the pH
value of the
mixture was adjusted to ¨1 with Conc. hydrochloric acid. Resulting solids were
collected by
filtration and the cake was washed with water, dried in an oven at 50 C under
reduced pressure
to give 900 mg (crude) of compound 68.3 as a pink solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 237
[M+H] '.
[00486] Synthesis of compound 68.4. A solution of compound 68.3 (840 mg, 3.55
mmol,
1.00 equiv) in 20 mL of phosphoroyl trichloride was stirred for 24 h at 110 C
in an oil bath under
nitrogen. After completion, the reaction mixture was cooled to room
temperature and
concentrated under reduced pressure. Resulting residue was diluted with Et0Ac
and poured into
saturated aqueous NaHCO3, extracted with Et0Ac, washed with brine, dried over
sodium sulfate.
Solvents were removed under vacuum. Crude was purified using flash column
chromatography
to give 190 mg of desired compound 68.4 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 273
and 275
[M+H] '.
[00487] Synthesis of compound 68.5. To a solution of compound 68.4 (190 mg,
0.70 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in anhydrous MeCN (7 mL) were added trans-4-(morpholin-4-
yl)cyclohexan-1-
amine (154 mg, 0.84 mmol, 1.00 equiv) and potassium carbonate (480 mg, 5.00
equiv). Reaction
was stirred for 3 days at 85 C in an oil bath. The resulting mixture was
concentrated under
vacuum and the residue was purified via flash colyumn chromatography to give
304 mg of
compound 68.5 as a yellow solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 421 and 423 [M+H] '.
[00488] Synthesis of compound 1-106. To a solution of compound 68.5 (121 mg,
0.29
mmol, 1.00 equiv) in iso-propanol (5 mL) was added 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine
(40 mg,
0.41 mmol, 1.40 equiv) . Reaction was irradiated in microwave for 2 h at 140
C. Upon
completion of the reaction, solvent was removed under vacuum. Resulting crude
residue was
164
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
purified via flash column chromatography to afford 29.1 mg of N2-(1-methy1-1H-
pyrazol-4-y1)-
N4-((1r,40-4-morpho-lino-cyclohexyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-5H-
cyclohepta[4,5]thieno[2,3-
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-106 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 482 [M+H]';
11-1 NMR (300
MHz, CD30D) (57.82 (s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 4.15-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H),
3.73 (t, 4H), 3.12-
2.95 (m, 2H), 2.88-1.78 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.40-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.18-
2.08 (m, 2H), 1.95-
1.75 (m, 6H), 1.55-1.35 (m, 4H).
[00489] Example 69. Synthesis of N4-01r,40-4-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-
yl)cyclohexyl)-
N2-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine, (I-107).
Fici/ __ F
0 HN
\ __ r=F Boo,
F TFA
N HN N __________________ N
Boc,Na ____________________
NaCNBH3/ Me0H _________________________________ 0 C to rt, 16 hr
H
69.1 69.2
CI F
:
/ I (1 jaN
S N CI
TFA 1.4 HN
H2N-0¨N/ )<F ______________________
\ F K2CO3 / ACN / reflux i.
/ 1 \LI Prep. HPLC
,
69.3 S N--- CI 69.4
F F F
F rt F
HNI HN's(.........1_õN,,..õ--
HCI N¨i
7....--,.. j. HNI.1->
> + .->
I L/1\1
HCI (4M in dioxane) / IPA
S N--- N
SN CI SN CI microwave / 140 C / 2 h H
69.5 69.6 1-107
[00490] Synthesis of compound 69.2. A mixture of 4,4-difluoropiperidine
hydrochloride
(1.0 g, 6.35 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in methanol (100 mL) was added tert-butyl N-(4-
oxocyclohexyl)carbamate (1.63 g, 7.64 mmol, 1.20 equiv), compound 69.1 and
NaBH(OAc)3
(4.72 g, 22.26 mmol, 3.50 equiv) at room temperature and stirred overnight at
40 C under
nitrogen. The resulting mixture was concentrated under vacuum and the residue
was diluted with
165
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
50 mL of water, extracted with 3 x 50 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined
organic layers were
dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Crude was purified
via flash column
chromatography to give 1.15 g (57%) of compound 69.2 as a yellow solid.
[00491] Synthesis of compound 69.3. To a solution of compound 69.2 (1.15 g,
3.61 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (6 mL) was added trifluoroacetic acid (6 mL) at
0 C. Reaction
was stirred overnight at room temperature. The resulting mixture was
concentrated under
vacuum to give 1.2 g (crude) of compound 69.3 as a yellow oil.
[00492] Synthesis of compound 69.4. To a solution of compound 1.4 (150 mg,
0.61 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was added compound 69.3 (350 mg, 1.11
mmol, 1.82 equiv)
and potassium carbonate (253 mg, 1.83 mmol, 3.00 equiv) at room temperature.
Reaction was
stirred overnight at 80 C under nitrogen. After cooling, solvents were
removed under vacuum
and crude was purified via flash column chromatography to give 280 mg of
compound 69.4 as a
yellow solid.
[00493] Separation of compounds 69.5 and 69.6. Compounds 69.5 and 69.6 were
obtained
by separation on preparative HPLC of compound 69.4 (280 mg, 0.66 mmol, 1.00
equiv).
Compound 69.5 was obtained in 21% yield (60 mg) as a off-white solid. Compound
70.6 was
obtained in 14% yield (40 mg) a off-white solid.
[00494] Analytical data for compound 69.5: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO d6): 6 6.39
(d, 1H),
4.05-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.05 (t, 2H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 2.65-2.58 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.32
(m, 3H), 1.98-1.70
(m, 8H), 1.59-1.30 (m, 4H).
[00495] Analytical data for compound 69.6: 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO d6): 6 6.19
(d, 1H),
4.20-4.08 (m, 1H), 3.11 (t, 2H), 2.94 (t, 2H), 2.60 (brs, 4H), 2.46-2.30 (m,
3H), 2.02-1.82 (m,
6H), 1.71-1.50 (m, 6H).
[00496] Synthesis of compound 1-107. To a solution of compound 69.5 (55 mg,
0.13 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in isopropanol (2 mL) was added 0.05 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M
in dioxane)
followed by 1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine hydrochloride (23 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.21
equiv) at room
temperature. Reaction mixture was irradiated in microwave for 2 h at 140 C.
Upon completion
solvent was removed under vacuum and crude was purified via flash column
chromatography.
Additional purification was done via trituration with CH2C12/hexanes to give
19.6 mg (30%) of
166
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
N4-((lr,4r)-4-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-N2-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-
y1)-6,7-dihydro-
5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-107 as a off-white
solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 502 [M+H], 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): (57.86 (1H, s), 7.52 (1H, s), 6.56
(1H, s), 4.76
(1H, d), 4.17 (2H, q), 4.08-3.95 (1H, m), 2.93 (4H, brs), 2.76 (4H, brs), 2.62-
2.45 (3H, m), 2.31
(2H, d), 2.20-1.92 (6H, m), 1.60-1.45 (5H, m), 1.35-1.18 (4H, m).
[00497] Example 70. Synthesis of N4-01s,4s)-4-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-
yl)cyclohexyl)-
N2-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine, (I-108).
F
F
rt---F
,N j (..õ0--F
r...,N
HCI N
r..-:-....õ/õ..
H2N 1-11\rs.
HCIdioxane)/ IPA
microwave / 140 C / 2 h
S N N
S N CI H
69.6 1-108
[00498] To a 5-mL round-bottom flask containing solution of compound 69.6 (35
mg, 0.08
mmol, 1.00 equiv) in isopropanol (2 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (0.05 mL,
4 M in
dioxane) and 1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine hydrochloride (14.2 mg, 0.096 mmol,
1.20 equiv).
Reaction mixture was irradiated in microwave for 2 h at 140 C. Upon completion
of the reaction,
solvent was removed in vacuoo and crude was initially purified via flas column
chromatography.
Second purification was performed by trituration from CH2C12/hexane to afford
15 mg (36%) of
N4-((1s,4s)-4-(4,4-difluoropiperidin-1-yl)cyclohexyl)-N2-(1-ethyl-1H-pyrazol-4-
y1)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-108 as a off-
white solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 502 [M+H] '; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): (57.83 (1H, s), 7.50
(1H, s), 6.54
(1H, s), 5.10 (1H, d), 4.42-4.28 (1H, m), 4.15 (2H, q), 3.05-2.88 (4H, m),
2.85-2.60 (3H, brs),
2.58-2.45 (3H, m), 2.20-1.85 (5H, m), 1.85-1.54 (6H, m), 1.50 (1H, s).
[00499] Example 71. Synthesis of (R)-2-((1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino)-4-
0(1r,4R)-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)oxy)-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrobenzo [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-6-
carboxamide, (I-109).
167
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
OMe OMe
0
0 0 0
OEt Me0 NaH (60%)
0 H2N 0 Et0
OEt OMe Et0)1'..3
I OMe __ dioxane 0
I. OMe
_________________________ -
LNH . --4)1\IL
Et0-1b-NH2 triphosgene / TEA / DCM S
S 0 S NO
71.1A 71.2A 71.3A H
Et0 0 HO--2L HO--, Chiral separation
Jones oxidation
:._21L
---......z
POCI3 DIBAL-H / THE
b.
_____ N. __________________ 3. N
/ I
acetone / 0 C
x
110 C
S Nr
S Nr CI CI S N CI
71.6 A
71.4 71.5
r0
0
HO H2N2 0
----R...2 /--\ H2N
HD.. 0--.N\ /0
NH4CI / HATU 0µµ.
____________________________________________________ ...
/ I TIL DEA/DCM *L NaHMDS / THF / 0 C
S N CI
S Nr CI S Nr CI
71.7 71.8 71.9
r---_Ns ("0
H2N-21:.
H2N
Pd2db3 / Xantphos / dioxane
Cs2CO3 / 100 C / I a ZN-
S Nr N -
1-1
1-109
[00500] Synthesis of compound 71.2A
OMe
0 0 0 H2N ip 0 0 0
OEt
OEt Me0 Me0
Et0 'AC ir\OEt OMe Et0
/ 1
S 1 ______________________________ ' llsr:21---NH 111 OMe + I
NH 111 OMe
Et0 OEt
0 NH2 S NH2 triphosgene / TEA / DCM S (1-NH
S (1-NH
0 OEt
71.1A 71.1B 71.2A 71.2B
[00501] To solution of triphosgene (12.0 g, 42.0 mmol, 0.50 equiv) in
anhydrous CH2C12 (500
mL) cooled to 0 C was added a CH2C12 solution of mixture of compounds 71.1A
and 71.1B
(25.0 g, 84.0 mmol, 1.00 equiv), followed by addition of triethylamine (25.0
g, 25.0 mol, 3.00
equiv) under nitrogen. After completion of the addition, reaction was stirred
for another 1 h at
0 C. (2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)methanamine (28.1 g, 168 mol, 2.00 equiv) was added
via syringe
and the resulting mixture was stirred for 2 h at this temperature. Solids were
filtered out and the
168
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column
chromatography to
give 30 g (73%) of mixture of compounds 71.2A and 71.2B as a light yellow
solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 491 (M+H
[00502] Synthesis of compound 71.3'
OMe OMe
0 0
OEt Me0 0 OEt Me0 Et0 0 1101 1.1
Et0 NaH (60%) 0 OMe 0
OMe
--14'101NH OMe + I \ NH OMe dioxane
= (1)-1.L(N
S S ).¨NH 0 S I N0
0 0 S N-0
0 OEt OEt
71.2 A 71.2B 71.3A 71.3B
[00503] To a solution of 71.2A and 71.2B (30g, 0.061 mol, 1.00 equiv) in dry
dioxane (500
mL) was added sodium hydride slowly (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 4.9 g, 122
mmol, 2.00
equiv) at room temperature under nitrogen. After addition, the resulting
solution was stirred for 2
h at 110 C in an oil bath. After cooling, the reaction was quenched with 1 M
HC1, extracted with
of ethyl acetate (3x250 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with
brine, dried over
sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. Crude was purified by flash
column
chromatography to afford 18 g (67%) of mixture 71.3A and 71.3B as a light
yellow solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 445 [M+H]
[00504] Synthesis of compound 71.4. Solution of mixture of compounds 71.3A and
71.3B
(1.0 g, 2.25 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in POC13 (10 mL) was heated at 110 C for 24 h
under nitrogen.
Excess POC13 was removed under reduced pressure and residue was diluted with
Et0Ac, poured
into cooled saturated aqueous NaHCO3, extracted with Et0Ac, washed with brine,
dried over
sodium sulfate Solvents were removed under vacuum. Crude was purified via
flash column
chromatography to furnish 200 mg of desired regioisomer 71.4 as a white solid.
LCMS (ES,
m/z): 331 and 333 [M+H}
[00505] Synthesis of compound 71.5. A solution of 71.4 (150 mg, 0.45 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in
mL of distilled THF was cooled down to -70 C under nitrogen. To a cooled was
added
DIBAL-H (1 M in hexane, 0.9 mL) dropwise via syrine at -70 C. Reaction was
stirred for 1 h at
-30 C. After the starting 71.4 was consumed completely, reaction was then
quenched with
saturated aqueous NH4C1 and extracted with of Et0Ac (3 x 50 mL). Organic
layers were
combined and washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and
solventswere
169
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
removed under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography to
give 110 mg
(85%) of 71.5 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 289 and 291 [M+H] '.
[00506] Synthesis of compound 71.6.
HO--xz HO---.2L HO----
1:
Chiral separation
________________________________ 3.
+
S N CI
S Nr CI S N CI
71.5 71.6A 71.6B
[00507] Racemate 71.5 (550 mg) was resolved by preparative chiral HPLC to give
220 mg of
71.6A as a white solid and 240 mg of 71.6B. LCMS (ES, m/z): 290 [M+H] '.
[00508] Synthesis of compound 71.7. To a solution of 71.6A (200 mg, 0.69 mmol,
1.00
equiv) in acetone (20 mL) cooled in ice-water bath was added Jones reagent
until starting
material was consumed. The resulting solution was extracted with Et0Ac (3 x
500 mL), washed
with aqueous NaHS03, brine and dried over sodium sulfate. Solvents were
removed under
vacuum to furnish 160 mg (crude) of compound 71.7 . LCMS (ES, m/z): 304 and
306 [M+H] '.
[00509] Synthesis of compound 71.8. To a solution of 71.7 (160 mg, 0.53 mmol,
1.00 equiv)
in dichloromethane (10 mL) were added NH4C1 (34 mg, 0.64 mmol, 1.20 equiv),
HATU (240
mg, 1.00 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and DIEA (136 mg, 1.05 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at room
temperature
under nitrogen. Reaction was stirred for 10 minutes at room temperature and
diluted with 1.0 M
HC1, extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 50 mL) , washed with water and brine,
dried over
sodium sulfate. Solvents were removed in vacuo. Crude was purified via flash
column
chromatography to give 120 mg (75%) of 71.8 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z):
303 and 305
[M+H] '.
[00510] Synthesis of compound 71.9. To solution of trans-4-(morpholin-4-
yl)cyclohexan- 1 -
ol (88 mg, 0.47 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in 4 mL of freshly distilled THF cooled to 0
C was added
dropwise NaHMDS (2 M in THF, 0.24 mL) under nitrogen. After stirring for 30
minutes
compound 71.8 (120 mg, 0.40 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in THF (2 mL) was added via
syringe and the
resulting solution was stirred for 30 minutes at room temperature. Upon
completion the reaction
was quenched with water, extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 50 mL). Organic
layers were
170
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
combined, washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and solvents were
removed under
vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography to give 130 mg
(73%) of
compound 71.9 as a yellow solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 451 and 453 [M+H] '.
[00511] Synthesis of compound 1-109. To a solution of compound 71.9 (130 mg,
0.29 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in dioxanes (10 mL) were added 1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-amine (34 mg,
0.35 mmol,
1.2 equiv), Cs2CO3 (284 mg, 0.87 mmol, 3.0 equiv), Xantphos (5.2 mg, 0.009
mmol, 0.03 equiv),
Pd2dba3 (15 mg, 0.02 mmol, 0.06 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting
solution was
degassed with N2 three times and stirred for 2 h at 100 C. Upon completion of
the reaction
solvents were removed under vacuo and resulting residue was diluted with
water. Aqueous layer
was extracted with CH2C12, dried over sodium sulfate and solvent was removed
in vacuo. Crude
was purified via flash column chromatography to furnish 15.1 mg (10%) of (R)-
241-methyl-
1H-pyrazol-4-yl)amino)-4-4(1r,4R)-4-morpho lino cyc lohexyl)oxy)-5 ,6,7,8-
tetrahydrob enzo-
[4,5]thieno [2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxamide, 1-109 as a white solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 512
[M+H] '. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 6 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 5.17-5.15 (m,
1H), 3.85 (s,
3H), 3.72-3.67 (m, 4H), 3.20-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.79 (m, 3H), 2.70-2.57 (m,
5H) ,2.31-2.77 (m,
3H) ,2.13-2.041 (m, 3H) , 1.99-1.81 (m, 1H) , 1.67-1.31 (m, 4H).
[00512] Example 72. Synthesis of N2-(isothiazol-4-y1)-N4-(ar,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine, (1-76).
ro s ro
od, N HCI ZN
i,,N
HNc*µ'
HN*µ' isopropanol / HCI (4 M in dioxane)
________________________________________________ p.
microwave /140 C / 2h
S N N
S N CI H
3.1 1-76
[00513] To a sealed tube containing a solution of compound 3.1 (150 mg, 0.38
mmol, 1.00
equiv) in anhydrous isopropanol (5 mL) was added 1,2-thiazol-4-amine
hydrochloride (62 mg,
0.62 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and 4 M HC1 in dioxane (0.5 mL) at room temperature.
The resulting
solution was heated in the microwave for 1.5 h at 140 C. The reaction mixture
was cooled to
171
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
room temperature and solvents was removed under vacuum. The residue was
diluted with
CH2C12, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine and dried over sodium
sulfate. Solvents
was removed under reduced pressure and crude was purified via flash column
chromatography to
yield 116.9 mg (67%) of N2-(isothiazol-4-y1)-N4-((1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-
5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-76 as a light brown
solid. LCMS
(ES, m/z): 457 [M+H] '; 1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDC13) 6 9.70 (1H, s), 8.77 (1H, s),
8.65 (1H, s),
5.84 (1H,d), 4.08-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.57 (4H, brs), 3.03 (2H,t), 2.85 (2H, t),
2.49 4H, brs), 2.48-2.32
(2H, m), 2.28-2.10 (1H, m), 2.04 (2H, d), 1.90 (2H, d), 1.60-1.20 (4H, m).
[00514] Example 73. Synthesis of N2-(isoxazol-4-y1)-N44(1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (1-77).
ro ro
N)
cr,N.)
NV. isopropanol / HCI (4 M in dioxane) HNI1
_______________________________________________ i.
microwave / 140 C / 2h
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-77
[00515] To a solution of intermediate 3.1 (150 mg, 0.38 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in
sealed
microwave tube in anhydrous isopropanol (5 mL) was added 1,2-oxazol-4-amine
hydrochloride
(55 mg, 0.46 mmol, 1.20 equiv) and 4 M HC1 in dioxane (0.5 mL) at room
temperature. The
resulting solution was heated in the microwave for 1.5 h at 140 C. The
reaction mixture was
cooled to room temperature and solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue
was diluted
with CH2C12, washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine and dried over sodium
sulfate.
Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and resulting crude was purified
via flash column
chromatography to yield 46.6 mg of N2-(isoxazol-4-y1)-N4-((lr,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)-
6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta[4,5]thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-77 as a
light brown solid.
LCMS (ES, m/z): 457 [M+H]'; 1H NMR: (300 MHz, CDC13) 6 9.16 (1H, s), 8.97 (1H,
s), 8.57
(1H, s), 5.84 (1H, d), 4.02-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.54 (4H, m), 2.97 (2H, t),
2.84 (2H, t), 2.49 4H,
brs), 2.46-2.30 (2H, m), 2.25-2.10 (1H, m), 2.04 (2H, d), 1.90 (2H, d), 1.60-
1.18 (4H, m).
172
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00516] Example 74. Synthesis of 2-(4-((4-(((1r,4r)-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-
dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-
y1)ethanol
(I-110).
r0 ro
I-17N
-
N-----/OH HN ios,N
HN _________________________________________ 3.
HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA
I
......... N-----/
S N CI S N N
H
3.1 1-110
[00517] Into a 5-mL vial, was placed compound 3.1(120 mg, 0.31 mmol, 1.00
equiv) and 2-
(4-amino-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethan-1-ol (50 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.20 equiv) in
isopropanol (3 mL). To
the mixture was added hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane, 0.05 mL). Reaction
mixture was then
heated in a microwave for 2 h at 145 C. After cooling, the resulting solution
was diluted with
water, extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers
were washed with
brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum.
Resulting crude was
purified via flash column chromatography to give 120.6 mg (82%) of 2-(444-
4(1r,40-4-
morpho lino cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidin-2-
yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethanol, I-110 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 484
[M+H] ' 1H
NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 6 7.96 (s, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 4.21 (t, 2H), 4.18-4.02 (m,
1H), 3.89 (t,
2H), 3.74 (t, 4H), 2.99 (t, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 2.68 (brs, 4H), 2.50 (quintet,
2H), 2.42-2.32 (m, 1H),
2.26 (d, 2H), 2.06 (d, 2H), 1.62-1.35 (m, 4H).
[00518] Example 75. Synthesis of 2-(2-(4-((4-(((1r,4r)-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-
6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-1H-
pyrazol-1-
yl)ethoxy)ethanol (I-111).
173
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
r0 H2N r0
jeo.,õN)
-----.Z _OH
HN
N- -1;:r
HN N
OH
HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA
LN--/¨
MW
S N N
S N CI H
3.1 1-111
[00519] To a 5-mL microwave vial charged with compound 3.1 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol,
1.00
equiv) and 2-[2-(4-amino-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethoxy]ethan-1-ol (50 mg, 0.29 mmol,
1.20 equiv) in
isopropanol (3 mL) was added hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane, 0.1 mL).
Reaction mixture
was heated in the microwave reactor for 2 h at 145 C. After cooling, the
resulting solution was
diluted with water, extracted with 3 x 30 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic
layers were washed
with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and removed under vacuum.
Crude was purified
via flash column chromatography to give 99.1 mg (74%) of 2-(2-(4-44-4(1r,40-4-
morpho lino cyclohexyl)amino)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidin-2-
yl)amino)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)ethoxy)-ethanol, I-111 as a white solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 528
[M+H] '; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD30D) 6 7.94 (s, 1H), 7.61 (s, 1H), 4.28 (t, 2H),
4.15-4.02 (m,
1H), 3.84 (t, 2H), 3.73 (t, 4H), 3.64 (t, 2H), 3.51 (t, 2H), 2.98 (t, 2H),
2.89 (t, 2H), 2.65 (t, 4H),
2.49 (quintet, 2H), 2.40-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.25 (d, 2H), 2.09 (d, 2H), 1.58-1.35
(m, 4H).
[00520] Example 76. Synthesis of 4-(4-((4-(((1r,4r)-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-6,8-
dihydro-5H-pyrano [4 ',3 ':4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-1H-
pyrazol-1-
yl)tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide (I-112).
r0 0, ,, N.---.-.= r0
vos,N) ;S\ )¨N
0' -V------NNH2 N
HN 76.6 HN
/ I HCI (4 M in dioxane)/ IPA
S----Nr CI Microwave /14000 / 2 h S---N N
H
µ0
59.5 1-112
[00521] Synthesis of compound 76.6, 4-(4-amino-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)tetrahydro-2H-
thiopyran 1,1-dioxide.
174
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
,
HN
PPh3 NaBH4 /12/ !mid. NO2
_________________ y S\ )- OH ________________
Me0H CH2C12/ R.T
Cs2CO3,
DMF, 90 C
76.1 76.2 76.3
m-CPBA 0, / Pd/C, H2 Oµ __
S/ )-N, _____________________ = ;S\ N _____________ w N
CHCI3 R.T 0' ___________________________________________ 0' \
Me0H / R.T
76.4 76.5 76.6
[00522] Synthesis of compound 76.2 To a solution of thian-4-one, 76.1 (1.0 g,
8.61 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in methanol (10 mL) was added NaBH4 (655 mg, 17.31 mmol, 2.00
equiv)
portionwise with stirring at 0 C. Upon completion of addition of NaBH4 the
resulting solution
was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was
concentrated under vacuum
and the residue was diluted with H20, extracted with 3 x 30 mL of
dichloromethane. The
combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated
under vacuum to give 0.95 g (crude) of thian-4-ol, 76.2 as a white solid.
[00523] Synthesis of compound 76.3. To a solution of thian-4-ol, 76.2(1 g,
8.46 mmol, 1.00
equiv), PPh3 (3.33 g, 12.70 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and 1H-imidazole (863 mg, 12.68
mmol, 1.50
equiv) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added 12 (2.25 g, 1.05 equiv) with
stirring at 0 C under
nitrogen. The resulting solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature and
diluted with water,
extracted with 3 x 30 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were
washed with
water and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was re-crystallized
from Ethyl
Acetate/Petrol ether (1:10) to remove POPh3. Filtrate was concentrated in
vacuo to give 1.0 g
(crude) of 4-iodothiane, 76.3 as light yellow oil.
[00524] Synthesis of compound 76.4. To a solution of 4-iodothiane, 76.3 (1.0
g, crude) and
4-nitro-1H-pyrazole (582 mg, 5.15 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in anhydrous DMF (20 mL)
was added
Cs2CO3 (5.07 g, 3.00 equiv) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h at
85 C under nitrogen.
The resulting solution was diluted with H20, extracted with 3 x 80 mL of ethyl
acetate.
Combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated
175
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
under vacuum. Crude was purified via flash column chromatography to give 200
mg (18%) of 4-
nitro-1-(thian-4-y1)-1H-pyrazole as a white solid, 76.4.
[00525] Synthesis of compound 76.5. To a solution of 4-nitro-1-(thian-4-y1)-1H-
pyrazole,
76.4 (200 mg, 0.94 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in chloroform (10 mL) was added m-CPBA
(578 mg, 3.35
mmol, 2.50 equiv) in portions with stirring at 0 C. The resulting solution
was stirred for 1 h at
room temperature and quenched with saturated aqueous Na2S03, extracted with 3
x 30 mL of
ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with sodium bicarbonate
(aq.) and
brine. The organic mixture was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated
under vacuum. Crude
was purified via flash chromatography to afford 150 mg (65%) of 4-(4-nitro-1H-
pyrazol-1-y1)-
1 A [6]-thiane-1,1-dione, 76.5 as a white solid.
[00526] Synthesis of compound 76.6. To a solution of compound 76.5 (130 mg,
0.53 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in methanol (10 mL) was added 10% Palladium on activated carbon
(13 mg) under
nitrogen. The mixture was degassed with H2 gas three times and stirred for 1
hr at room
temperature. The solids were filtered out and the filtrate was concentrated
under vacuum to
afford 90 mg (79%) of 4-(4-amino-1H-pyrazol-1-y1)-1[6]-thiane-1,1-dione, 76.6
as a pink solid.
[00527] Synthesis of compound 1-112. To solution of compound 59.5 (100 mg,
0.24 mmol,
1.00 equiv) and compound 76.6 (80 mg, 0.37 mmol, 1.50 equiv) in 5 mL of
isopropanol was
added 0.01 mL of hydrochloric acid (4 M in dioxane). The resulting mixture was
stirred for 2 h
at 140 C in a microwave . The solids were collected by filtration and purified
by flash
chromatography to give 83.9 mg (58%) of 4-(4-44-(((1r,40-4-
morpholinocyclohexyl)amino)-
6,8-dihydro-5H-pyrano [4',3':4,5 ]thieno [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-2-yl)amino)-1H-
pyrazol-1-
yl)tetrahydro-2H-thiopyran 1,1-dioxide, 1-112 as a white solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 588 [M+H]';
1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 8.96 (1H, s), 7.85 (1H, s), 7.55 (1H, s), 5.72-
5.58 (1H, m),
4.66 (2H, s), 4.59-4.49 (1H, m), 3.93-3.89 (3H, m), 3.58-3.56 (4H, m), 3.36-
3.32 (2H, m), 3.23-
3.15 (2H, m), 2.95 (2H, s), 2.60-2.58 (2H, m), 2.50-2.49 (2H, m), 2.41-2.33
(5H, m), 2.09- 2.04
(2H, m), 1.99-1.89 (2H, m), 1.42-1.33 (4H, m).
[00528] Example 77. Synthesis of N4-01r,40-4-(6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-
yl)cyclohexyl)-
N2-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d]
pyrimidine-2,4-
diamine (I-113).
176
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
HND.<1
CbzCI / THF Jones reagent
H2N OH ____ - CbzHN-0-0H _____________________________ CbzHN-nr 0 __
NaOH / H20 acetone / 0 C NaBH(OAc)3
77.1 77.2 77.3 /
CH2Cl2 / R.T
Chiral
CbzHN-0-ND separation
11- CbzHNN-0...,IND Pd/C, H2 H2N""0
77.4 77.5 77.6
CI
HC2I
HNea'4CA
1.4 S N CI HNea N-
/ N
K3PO4 / CH3CN / I 2-butanol / 100 C /
80 C S
overnight N N
N CI
77.7 1-113
[00529] Synthesis of compound 77.2. To a 250-mL round-bottom flask charged
with a a
solution of 4-aminocyclohexan-1-ol (5.0 g, 43.41 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 100 mL
of THF/H20 (v:v
= 1:1) were added benzyl chloroformate (11.08 g, 64.95 mmol, 1.50 equiv) and
sodium
hydroxide (8.7 g, 217.52 mmol, 5.01 equiv) at room temperature. The resulting
solution was
stirred overnight at ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum to
remove THF. Solids
were collected by filtration and dried in an oven at 40 C overnight to give
8.4 g (78%) of benzyl
N-(4-hydroxycyclohexyl)carbamate, 77.2 as a white solid.
[00530] Synthesis of compound 77.3 To a solution of compound 77.2 (7.0 g,
28.08 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in acetone (100 mL) was added dropwise Jones reagent (-10 mL) at 0
C. Reaction
was monitored by TLC and stirred for 30 min. Reaction was quenched with
saturated aqueous
NaHS03, extracted with 3 x 100 mL of Et0Ac. The combined organic layers were
washed with
brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to
give 5.0 g (72%)
of benzyl N-(4-oxocyclohexyl)carbamate, 77.3 as a white solid.
[00531]
Synthesis of compound 77.4. To a solution of 6-azaspiro[2.5]octane (1.9 g,
17.09
mmol, 1.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (60 mL) was added compound 77.3 (6.34 g,
25.64 mmol,
1.50 equiv) and NaBH(OAc)3 (10.89 g, 51.38 mmol, 3.01 equiv) at room
temperature. Reaction
177
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
was stirred overnight at ambient temperature under nitrogen. Upon completion
reaction was
diluted with 100 mL of H20, extracted with 3 x 100 mL of dichloromethane.
Combined organic
layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum.
Crude was
purified via flash column chromatography to give 2.0 g (34%) of benzyl N-(4-[6-
azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl]cyclohexyl)carbamate, 77.4 as a yellow solid.
[00532] Synthesis of compound 77.5. Trans/cis isomers of compound 77.4 (3.1 g,
9.05
mmol, 1.00 equiv) was separated by Chiral-prep-SFC to give 1.4 g of benzyl
N4trans-446-
azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-yl]cyclohexyl]carbamate, 77.5 as a white solid. LCMS (ES,
m/z): 343
[M+H] '; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13, ppm) 7.36-7.28 (m, 5H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 4.57
(d, 1H), 3.50-
3.35 (m, 1H), 2.62 (brs, 4H), 2.50-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.10 (d, 2H), 1.98-1.88 (m,
2H), 1.55-1.30 (m,
6H), 1.25-1.05 (m, 2H), 0.25 (s, 4H).
[00533] Synthesis of compound 77.6. To a solution of compound 77.5 (300 mg,
0.88 mmol,
1.00 equiv) in methanol (10 mL) was added 10% palladium on activated carbon
(60 mg) under
nitrogen at room temperature. Then H2 (g) was introduced and exchanged three
times and the
resulting mixture was stirred for 3 h at ambient temperature. After completion
of the reaction, the
solids were filtered out and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum to
give 190 mg (crude) of
trans-4[6-azaspiro [2.5 ] o ctan-6-yl] cyclohexan-l-amine, 77.6 as yellow oil.
[00534] Synthesis of compound 77.7. To solution of compound 1.4 (267 mg, 1.09
mmol,
1.19 equiv) and compound 77.6 (190 mg, 0.91 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in MeCN (10 mL)
was added
K3PO4 (581 mg, 2.74 mmol, 3.00 equiv). Resulting mixture was stirred overnight
at 80 C in an
oil bath under nitrogen. Upon completion of the reaction, solvent was removed
under vacuum
and crude was purified via flash column chromatography to give 275 mg (72%) of
10-chloro-N-
[trans-4-[6-azaspiro [2.5 ] o ctan-6-yl] cyc lohexyl]-7-thia-9,11-diaz
atricyclo [6.4Ø0 [2,6] ] do dec a-
1(8),2(6),9,11-tetraen-12-amine, 77.7 as a yellow solid.
[00535] Synthesis of compound 1-113. Into a 25-mL round-bottom flask
containing a
solution of compound 77.7 (120 mg, 0.29 mmol, 1.00 equiv) in 2-butanol (5 mL)
was added 1-
methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-amine hydrochloride (80.4 mg, 0.58 mmol, 2.00 equiv) at
room
temperature. Reaction was stirred overnight at 110 C under nitrogen. After
cooling, the solids
were collected by filtration. Solids collected were dissolved into water and
neutralized with 1 M
aqueous sodium hydroxide. Resulting solids were collected by filtration and
dried in an oven at
178
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
40 C under reduced pressure to give 60 mg (44%) of N4-((lr,40-4-(6-
azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-
yl)cyclohexyl)-N2-(1-methy1-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta
[4,5]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-113 as a grey solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 478 [M+H] ';
1H NMR (400
MHz, d6-DMS0): 6 8.89 (1H, s), 7.80 (1H, s), 7.45 (1H, s), 5.71 (1H, brs),
4.02-3.95 (1H, s),
3.79 (3H, s), 2.97 (2H, t), 2.84 (2H, t), 2.54-5.50 (4H, m), 2.42-2.29 (3H,
m), 2.12-1.99 (2H, m),
1.86-1.79 (2H, m), 1.55-1.35 (4H, m), 1.30 (4h, brs), 0.22 (4H,$).
[00536] Example 78. Synthesis of N4-01r,40-4-(6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-
yl)cyclohexyl)-
N2-(1-(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-
cyclopenta [4,5] thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidine-2,4-diamine (I-114).
..Ø,,,NOA H2N.,c
' N_GO
¨14 HN
HN 52.4
___________________________________________ s
q--".=N ¨N,
/ 1 HCI (4M in dioxane) / IPA
MW/140oC/ 2h / 1
S N N
S 1\( CI H
77.7 1-114
[00537] To a 5 mL microwave vial charged with a solution of compound 77.7 (60
mg, 0.14
mmol, 1.00 equiv) were added compound 52.4 (29 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.21 equiv) and
hydrogen
chloride (4 M in dioxane, 0.05 mL). The final reaction mixture was irradiated
in a microwave for
2 h at 140 C. Upon cooling resulting solids were filtered and transferred to a
100 mL flask,
water was added and the pH value of the solution was adjusted to ¨8 with 1 M
sodium hydroxide
solution. Resulting solids were collected by filtration and dried in an oven
under reduced
pressure to give 60 mg (76%) of N4-((1r,4r)-4-(6-azaspiro[2.5]octan-6-
yl)cyclohexyl)-N2-(1-
(tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-y1)-1H-pyrazol-4-y1)-6,7-dihydro-5H-cyclop enta [4,5
]thieno [2,3 -
d]pyrimidine-2,4-diamine, 1-114 as a white solid. LCMS (ES, m/z): 548 [M+H] '.
1H NMR (300
MHz, DMSO) 6 8.92 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 5.71 (d, 1H), 4.40-4.20
(m, 1H), 4.05-
3.88 (m, 3H), 3.51-3.34 (m, 2H), 2.97 (t, 2H), 2.81 (t, 2H), 2.60-2.52 (m,
4H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 3H),
2.11-1.78 (m, 9H), 1.54-1.38 (m, 4H), 1.35-1.25 (brs, 4H), 0.22 (s, 4H).
[00538] Example 79: IRAK-4 Assay
179
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Assay Materials
Material Vendor Catalog number
HEPES Amresco 0511
Brij-35 Sigma B4184-100mL
Coating Reagent #3 Caliper
EDTA Sigma E5134-1KG
ATP Sigma A7699-1G
MgC12 Sigma 63068-250G
MnC12 Sigma M8054-100G
Peptide 8 GL bioscience 112396
IRAK4 CARNA Bioscience 09-145
384-well plate Corning 3573
[00539] A lx kinase base buffer was prepared from 50 mM HEPES, pH 7.5 and
0.0015%
Brij-35. A stop buffer was prepared from 100 mM HEPES, pH 7.5, 0.015% Brij-35,
0.2%
Coating Reagent #3, and 50 mM EDTA.
[00540] Test compound was diluted to 50x of the final desired highest
inhibitor concentration
in reaction by 100% DMSO. 100u1 of this compound dilution was transferred to a
well in a 96-
well plate. For example, if desired highest inhibitor concentration in IC50
determination is
100uM, then prepare 5000uM of compound DMSO solution in this step.
[00541] Test compound was serially diluted by transferring 30 pl to 60 iAl of
100% DMSO in
the next well and so forth for a total of 10 concentrations. 100 iAl of 100%
DMSO was added to
two empty wells for no compound control and no enzyme control in the same 96-
well plate.
[00542] A new 96-well plate was marked as intermediate plate. 5 iAl of
compound serial
dilution was transferred from source plate to the corresponding wells of the
intermediate plate.
45 iAl of lx kinase base buffer (KB buffer) was added to each well of the
intermediate plate. The
intermediate plate was placed for 10 min on a shaker.
[00543] 5 iAl of each well was transferred from the 96-well intermediate plate
to a 384-well
plate in duplicates. For example, Al of the 96-well plate is transferred to Al
and A2 of the 384-
well plate. A2 of the 96-well plate is transferred to A3 and A4 of the 384-
well plate, and so on.
[00544] IRAK4 and DTT in lx kinase base buffer was added. The 2.5x enzyme mix
contained
8.8nM IRAK4 and 5mM DTT.
[00545] Peptide 8, ATP, MgC12 and MnC12 were added in the lx kinase base
buffer. The 2.5x
peptide mix contained 3.75 [iM peptide 8, 92.5 [iM ATP, 12.5mM MgC12 and 2.5mM
MnC12.
[00546] Assay plate already contained 5 iAl of compound in 10% DMSO. Added 10
iAl of 2.5x
enzyme solution to each well of the 384-well assay plate, except no enzyme
control wells. The
180
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114
PCT/US2014/010652
final concentration of IRAK4 in reaction was 3.5 nM. Added 10 pl of lx kinase
base buffer to
no enzyme control wells in the assay plate. Incubated at room temperature for
10 min.
[00547] Added 10 pl of 2.5x peptide solution to each well of the 384-well
assay plate. The
final concentration of Peptide 8 and ATP was 1.5 [iM and 37 [tM, respectively.
Incubated at
28 for 40 minutes. Added 25 pl of stop buffer to stop reaction. Collected
data on Caliper.
[00548] Copied conversion% data from Caliper program. Converted conversion%
values to
percent inhibition values. Percent inhibition = (max-conversion %)/(max-
min)*100, where
"max" means the conversion% of DMSO control and "min" means the conversion% of
no
enzyme control.
[00549] Table 2 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in
the IRAK-4
activity inhibition assay. The compound numbers correspond to the compound
numbers in Table
1. Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an IC50 < 5 1AM;
compounds
having an activity designated as "B" provided an IC50 of 5-50 [tM; "NA" stands
for "not
assayed."
Table 2. IRAK-4 Activity Inhibition Data
Cpd IRAK-4 Cpd IRAK-4 Cpd IRAK-4 Cpd IRAK-4
# # # #
I-I A 1-20 A 1-77 A 1-96 A
1-2 A 1-21 A 1-78 A 1-97 A
1-3 A 1-22 A 1-79 A 1-98 A
1-4 A 1-23 A 1-80 A 1-99 A
1-5 A 1-24 A 1-81 A I-100 A
1-6 B 1-25 A 1-82 A I-101 A
1-7 A 1-26 A 1-83 A 1-102 A
1-8 B 1-51 A 1-84 A 1-103 A
1-9 B 1-59 A 1-85 A 1-104 A
I-10 A 1-67 A 1-86 A 1-105 A
I-11 B 1-68 A 1-87 B 1-106 A
1-12 B 1-69 A 1-88 A 1-107 A
1-13 A 1-70 A 1-89 A 1-108 A
1-14 A 1-71 A 1-90 A 1-109 A
1-15 A 1-72 A 1-91 A I-110 A
1-16 A 1-73 A 1-92 A I-111 A
1-17 A 1-74 A 1-93 A 1-112 A
1-18 A 1-75 A 1-94 A 1-113 A
1-19 A 1-76 A 1-95 A 1-114 A
181
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
[00550] Provided compounds were also assayed as inhibitors of IRAK-1. In
certain
embodiments, a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 with an IC50 < 5 [LM. In some
embodiments, a provided compound inhibits IRAK-1 with an IC50 of 5-20 [tM.
[00551] Example 80: Cytokine Production Assay
[00552] Provided compounds were also assayed in an LPS (Lipopolysacharide) or
R848
(TLR-7 agonist) induced cytokine (TNFa and IL8) production assay in THP-1
cells, human
peripheral blood mononuclear cells (hPBMC), and whole blood. The exemplary
protocol for this
assay in THP-1 cells was as follows below.
[00553] THP-1 cells from ATCC (TIB-202) were cultured in RPMI Medium 1640
(Invitrogen, Cat No. A10491-01), 10% fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen, Cat
No.10099141, Lot
No. 8172882) containing 100 U/mL Penicillin, 100 ilg/mL streptomycin
(Invitrogen, Cat No.
15140-122), and 50 uM 2-Mercaptoethanol (Invitrogen, Cat No.21985023). LPS-EK
ultra pure
(Invivogen, Cat No. tlrl-peklps) was used to induce IL8 and TNFa production,
that was detected
in the cell culture supernatant by IL8 HTRF kit (Cisbio,Cat No. 62IL8PEB) and
TNFa HTRF kit
(Cisbio, Cat No. 62TNFPEB), as per manufacturer instructions. Cells were
cultured in 96 well
assay plates at 100,000 cells per well, and compounds diluted in final 0.3%
DMSO were pre-
incubated with cells for 1 hour prior to stimulation with 300 ng/mL LPS.
Cytokine production in
cell supernatant was measured at 5 hours for TNFa and IL8 production, and for
16 hours for IL8
production and assessment of cell viability.
[00554] Table 3 shows the activity of selected compounds of this invention in
the TNFa and
IL8 production assay. The compound numbers correspond to the compound numbers
in Table 1.
Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an IC50 < 0.5 [LM;
compounds having
an activity designated as "B" provided an IC50 of 0.5 ¨ 5.0 [LM; compounds
having an activity
designated as "C" provided an IC50 > 5.0 [tM. "NA" stands for "not assayed."
Table 3. TNF and IL8 Production Assay
Cpd
TNFa IL8 1-22 A A
# 1-23 B C
1-14 A A 1-24 A A
1-17 B B 1-25 A A
1-19 NA C 1-26 A A
1-21 C C 1-51 A A
182
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
1-72 A A 1-95 A A
1-73 B A 1-96 A A
1-74 A A 1-97 A A
1-75 B B I-101 A A
1-76 A A 1-102 A A
1-77 A A 1-103 A A
1-78 A A 1-104 A A
1-79 A A 1-105 A A
1-80 A A 1-106 A A
1-83 B A 1-107 A A
1-84 A A 1-109 A A
1-85 A A I-110 A A
1-86 A A I-111 A NA
1-88 A A 1-112 A A
1-90 A A 1-113 A A
1-91 A A 1-114 A A
1-92 A A
1-93 A A
1-94 A A
[00555] Example 81: In vitro LPS/R848/CpG-induced cytokine production assays
in
hPBMC or whole blood.
[00556] Compounds of the present invention were also studied in in vitro
cytokine production
assays. Exemplary protocols follow.
[00557] Whole Blood (LPS): 13 mL of whole blood solution was prepared by
combining
whole blood in no serum medium with a ratio of 1:1. For PBMC assay 100,000
cells/well were
seeded in a 96-well plate with 130 ul/well of the cell suspension according to
the plate map. 9 ul
of 30 mM compound solution was added into the wells in the assigned rows, then
serial solutions
with 4x dilutions were made. That is, add 9 uL of 100% DMSO into each of the
rest wells and
take 3 uL of compound solution from the one-step higher concentration solution
and mix well
with the DMSO. For the second compound master plate, 196 uL of the growth
medium (no
serum media) were added into each of the wells and 4 uL of the compound
solution from the first
compound master plate was added and mixed with the media. Cells were treated
for 0.5 h by
adding 20 uL of the compound and the control solutions prepared in the second
master plate to
each well according to the plate map. Cells were stimulated with 0.1 ug/mL of
LPS overnight.
Plates were sealed with sealing films and the plates were centrifuged at 3000
rpm at 4 degrees C
for 5 min. The supernatants were transferred, and 100 ul of working Capture
antibody solution
was added to each well. The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at RT.
TNF-a detection
antibody labeled with biotin: Added 100 uL of the Detection Antibody solution
to each well.
183
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Covered the plate and incubated for 2 h at RT. Added 100 uL of Streptavidin-
HRP solution to
each well. Covered the plate and incubate for 20 min at RT in dark. Added 100
uL of Substrate
Solution to each well. Incubated for 20 min at RT in dark. Added 50 uL of Stop
Solution to each
well. Gently tapped the plate to ensure thorough mixing. Determined the
optical density of each
well immediately, using a microplate reader set to 450 nm and also read at 540
nm or 570 nm for
correction if wavelength correction is not available. For R848-induced or CpG-
induced assays,
the same procedure as above was followed except that 1 uM R848 for 20h for TNF-
a
production, and for 0.2 uM RD48 for 20 hr for INF- a production in whole
blood; 1 uM R848
for 20h for PBMC cytokine production; or 0.5 uM CpG for 20 h for PBMC cytokine
production.
Data from the whole blood and hPBMC cytokine production assays are shown in
Table 4 and
Table 5.
[00558] Tables 4 and 5. Results of in vitro Whole Blood and hPBMC cytokine
production assays Compounds having an activity designated as "A" provided an
IC50 < 0.25
[tM; compounds having an activity designated as "B" provided an IC50 of 0.25 ¨
1.0 1AM;
compounds having an activity designated as "C" provided an IC50 of 1.0 ¨ 10
1AM; compounds
having an activity designated as "D" provided an IC50 > 101AM.
Table 4. hPMBC Cell Data
Compound # LPS induced TNFa R848 induced TNFa CpG induced IFNa
I-51 B B B
1-74 B A B
1-78 B B A
1-93 A A A
1-95 B B C
1-103 A A A
184
CA 02890911 2015-05-08
WO 2014/110114 PCT/US2014/010652
Table 5. Whole Blood Data
Compound # LPS induced R848 induced TNFa R848 induced IFNa
TNFa
1-22 C C ND
1-25 C C ND
1-74 C C C
[00559] Example 82 Inhibition of LPS induced TNFa production in vivo
[00560] Selected compounds were tested in vivo in female Lewis rats for LPS
induced TNF
alpha production by dosing PO for 2 hours prior to LPS administration IV,
followed by bleeding
after 1 hr for measurement of TNFa produced in serum using ELISA (Biosource).
Table 6 shows
the results for MED (minimum efficacious dose) in mg/kg dosed orally.
Compounds having an
activity designated as "A" provided a MED < 5.0 mg/kg; compounds having an
activity
designated as "B" provided a MED of 5.0 ¨ 20 mg/kg; compounds having an
activity designated
as "C" provided a MED of 20 ¨ 50 mg/kg; compounds having an activity
designated as
provided a MED of > 50 mg/kg
Table 6. LPS in vivo data
Compound # MED (mg/kg)
1-74 A
1-78 B
I-51 B
1-93 A
1-103 C
[00561] While we have described a number of embodiments of this invention, it
is apparent
that our basic examples may be altered to provide other embodiments that
utilize the compounds
and methods of this invention. Therefore, it will be appreciated that the
scope of this invention is
to be defined by the appended claims rather than by the specific embodiments
that have been
represented by way of example.
185
